LG Electronics USA DM01G Multi-band GSM/WCDMA/LTE Phone with WLAN, Bluetooth, and RFID User Manual

LG Electronics MobileComm USA, Inc. Multi-band GSM/WCDMA/LTE Phone with WLAN, Bluetooth, and RFID Users Manual

Users Manual

DM01G
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
’15.5
Introduction
Thank you for purchasing "DM01G".
Before or while using, read this manual thoroughly to ensure you use correctly.
References to the Operation
Download the latest information of this manual from DOCOMO website. Also you can check the
latest information from this terminal.
■ Quick Start Guide (Accessories, in Japanese only)
Basic function operations are explained.
■ INSTRUCTION MANUAL (An application installed in this terminal, in Japanese only)
Details about functions and operations are explained.
From the Home screen, tap "Apps" u "Instruction Manual".
* Download "Instruction Manual" from LG SmartWorld. In order to download the Instruction
Manual, you need to log-in.
From the Home screen, tap "Apps" u "SmartWorld" u search "取扱説明書 (Instruction
Manual)" u select "取扱説明書 (Instruction Manual)" application u "ダウンロード (Download)"
■ INSTRUCTION MANUAL (PDF le)
Details about functions and operations are explained.
Download from DOCOMO website.
http://www.nttdocomo.co.jp/english/support/trouble/manual/download/index.html
* The URL, as well as the contents are subject to change without prior notice.
Supplied Accessories
About other optional accessories and related
equipment → P258
DM‐01G This terminal
(with warranty)
Quick Start Guide
クイックスタートガイド
microSD reader writer (sample)
UIM opener (sample)
1
Contents/Precautions
How to Use this Manual
• Any reprint of this manual is prohibited.
• This manual is subject to change without
prior notice.
• Please note that "this terminal" indicates
"DM01G" in this manual.
Explanation of operations
The following table describes how to select the
icons and items displayed on the touch screen.
Description Operation description
From the
Home screen,
"Apps"
Tap displayed on the Home
screen
• The icons on the Home
screen are explained below.
: "Apps"
: "Phone"
: "spモードメール (sp-mode
mail)"
: "Internet"
: "マイマガジン(MyMagazine)"
From the
Home
screen,
u "Settings"
Tap displayed at the
bottom of the screen, and tap
"Settings" in the option menu.
Description Operation description
"Activate" u
"Accept"
Tap "Activate" displayed on
the screen, and tap "Accept".
Touch and
hold down
Touch and hold down for
one or two seconds
Note
• In this manual, the operations are
described when the Home Selector is set
to "docomo LIVE UX" and when the Home
screen is set to the default settings. If
the contents of the Home screen are
changed, the operation description such
as how to open an application may di󰮏er.
• Images used in this manual may di󰮏er
from the real ones displayed on this
terminal.
2
Contents/Precautions
Contents
Supplied Accessories …………………………… 1
How to Use this Manual ………………………… 2
Before Using this Terminal ……………………… 6
Safety Precautions (ALWAYS FOLLOW
THESE PRECAUTIONS) ………………………… 8
Handling and Care ………………………………… 25
Conrmation and Settings before
Using ……………………………………… 34
Part Names and Functions ……………………… 34
docomo mini UIM card …………………………… 36
Charging ……………………………………………… 39
Power On/O󰮏 ………………………………………… 43
Basic Operations …………………………………… 46
Character Entry …………………………………… 53
Initial Settings ……………………………………… 61
LED Notication Light …………………………… 69
Screen Display/Icons …………………………… 70
Task Manager ……………………………………… 78
Switching Home Application …………………… 78
docomo LIVE UX ………………………… 79
Viewing Home Screen …………………………… 79
Home Screen Management …………………… 80
Viewing Application Screen …………………… 85
Application Management ………………………… 95
Installing an Application from "Recommends"
…………………………………………………………… 96
Home Application Information ………………… 97
Calling ……………………………………… 98
Making a Call ………………………………………… 98
Receiving a Call ………………………………… 102
Operations during a Call ……………………… 103
Call Log …………………………………………… 104
Phone Memo ……………………………………… 106
Call Settings/Others …………………………… 107
docomo phonebook …………………………… 110
3
Contents/Precautions
Mail/Web Browser …………………… 120
spモードメール (sp-mode mail) ……………… 120
SMS ………………………………………………… 120
Email ………………………………………………… 122
Gmail ………………………………………………… 127
Early Warning "Area Mail" ……………………… 128
Browser …………………………………………… 130
Google Chrome …………………………………… 134
Hangouts ………………………………………… 134
Apps ……………………………………… 136
dmenu ……………………………………………… 136
dmarket …………………………………………… 136
Play Store ………………………………………… 137
Osaifu-Keitai ……………………………………… 139
TV (1Seg) ………………………………………… 146
Camera ……………………………………………… 156
Gallery ……………………………………………… 162
Media Player ……………………………………… 165
GPS/Navigation ………………………………… 173
Alarm/Clock ……………………………………… 178
Calendar …………………………………………… 181
Calculator ………………………………………… 184
SmartWorld ……………………………………… 184
POLARIS O󰮐ce…………………………………… 185
ドコモバックアップ (docomo backup) ……… 186
Notebook …………………………………………… 189
Life Square ………………………………………… 189
VuTalk ……………………………………………… 191
Settings ………………………………… 194
Settings Menu …………………………………… 194
WIRELESS NETWORKS ……………………… 194
DEVICE ……………………………………………… 203
PERSONAL ………………………………………… 215
SYSTEM …………………………………………… 223
File Management ……………………… 230
Storage Structure ……………………………… 230
File Operations …………………………………… 232
Data Communication ………………… 234
Bluetooth Communication …………………… 234
NFC Communication …………………………… 239
External Device Connection ……… 241
Connecting with a PC ………………………… 241
Connecting with a Wi-Fi Supported Printer
………………………………………………………… 245
Connecting with Other Devices …………… 245
4
Contents/Precautions
Using Overseas ……………………… 249
Overview of International Roaming
(WORLD WING) …………………………………… 249
Available Services ……………………………… 250
Conrming before Using ……………………… 250
Settings for Using Overseas ………………… 252
How to Make and Receive Calls at your
Location …………………………………………… 254
Setting International Roaming ……………… 256
Appendix/Index ……………………… 258
Introduction of Options and
Related Devices ………………………………… 258
Samples (microSD Reader Writer/
UIM Opener) ……………………………………… 258
Troubleshooting (FAQs) ……………………… 260
Smartphone Anshin Remote Support ……… 273
Warranty and After-Sales Service ………… 274
Updating Software ……………………………… 277
Android Upgrade ………………………………… 283
Application Update ……………………………… 286
Main Specications …………………………… 287
Specic Absorption Rate (SAR) of
Mobile Phones …………………………………… 292
Radio Frequency (RF) Signals ……………… 294
FCC Statement for the USA ………………… 296
Certicate and Standard ……………………… 297
Declaration of Conformity …………………… 298
Important Safety Information ………………… 299
Export Administration Regulations ………… 301
Intellectual Property Right …………………… 301
Contact for Preinstalled Application ……… 304
Unlocking SIM …………………………………… 305
Index ………………………………………………… 306
5
Contents/Precautions
Before Using this Terminal
• This terminal supports LTE, W-CDMA, GSM/
GPRS and wireless LAN systems.
• Since this terminal uses wireless signal,
it may not be able to use in a location
with no signal reception such as a tunnel,
underground, a building, an outdoor location
with weak or poor signal reception, or a
location outside of the Xi and FOMA service
areas. Also this terminal may not be able
to use on high upper oors of high-rise
apartments or buildings, even if you can see
no obstructions around you. Please note
that on occasion, data communication may
become disconnected even when you are
in a strong-signal area with four signal bars
displayed while you are not moving.
• Since this terminal uses wireless signal,
there are possibilities that a third party may
intercept your telephone call. However, LTE,
W-CDMA and GSM/GPRS systems support
the privacy function covering all telephone
calls automatically. Therefore, even a third
party intercepts your telephone call, the third
party can hear nothing but the noise.
• Because this terminal conducts wireless
communication by transforming sound into
digital signal, the received sound may di󰮏er
from the actual one if the transmitted digital
signal cannot properly be restored according
to conditions such as moving into a poor
signal area.
• This terminal responds to FOMA Plus-Areas
and FOMA HIGH-SPEED Areas.
• Keep a separate record of any information
stored on this terminal and store the copies
in a safe location. DOCOMO assumes no
responsibility for any loss of your data caused
by malfunction, repair, change to a new model
or any other reasons.
• The same as a PC, when you install an
application, this terminal's performance may
become unstable, or your location information
and personal information registered on this
terminal might be sent to outside via Internet
and therefore cause fraudulent use. To avoid
this, make sure to conrm the source and the
operating conditions of the application before
installation.
• Even though the display on this terminal
applies advanced technique, part of the dots
may not light up as well as those always-on
light. Please note that this is a feature of the
display. It is not a malfunction.
6
Contents/Precautions
• It is recommended to save your important
data in a microSD card. Since you cannot
insert a microSD card directly into this
terminal, insert it into the microSD reader
writer and save data.
• This terminal does not respond to i-mode
website (programs) access or i-αppli, etc.
• This terminal automatically performs data
communication for some functions, for
example, to synchronize data, update the
latest software, maintain connection with the
server, etc. When you download applications
or watch movies etc., a large amount of
packet communication is executed. Therefore,
it is highly recommended to use packet at-
rate service.
• Depending on the application and the service
you use, packet communication fees may
charge even under Wi-Fi data communication.
• This terminal does not support Pubic mode
(driving mode).
• In this terminal, sounds other than ringtone
and notication sounds (shutter sound, video
playback sound, music playback sound, alarm
sound, etc.) cannot be muted even when it is
set to "Vibrate only" or "Silent".
• You can conrm your own phone number as
follows.
From the Home screen, u "Settings" u
"About phone" u "Status".
• You can conrm the software version of this
terminal as follows.
From the Home screen, u "Settings" u
"About phone" u "Software information".
• You can update the software of this terminal.
For details, refer to "Software Update"
(P277).
• In order to improve the quality of this terminal,
sometimes the OS version is upgraded
through Android version updates. Therefore, it
is required to always use the latest version of
OS. Also, applications may not be able to use
any longer if the OS is old, or problems may
occur.
• This terminal uses only docomo mini UIM
card. Bring your UIM/FOMA card to a docomo
Shop to exchange it.
• Set screen lock for this terminal so that other
people cannot use. For details, refer to "Lock
screen" (P207).
• In case of loss, please change your password
of each service account on PC to prevent
others from using Google service such as
Hangouts, Gmail, Google Play, etc.
7
Contents/Precautions
• The Google applications and services are
subject to change without prior notice.
• Please read the terms of service of Google
Inc. regarding Google services. Also, read
each terms of services for other web
services.
• This terminal does not support service
providers other than sp-mode, mopera U or
Business mopera Internet.
• Backup your data such as images, videos and
music on PC. For details about connection
method, refer to "Connecting with a PC"
(P241) or "Connecting this terminal with
PC" (P242). Also, it is recommended to use
various on-line data backup services.
• When free space is not enough, the
performance of the activated applications
may become improper. In that case, delete
the saved data.
• Packet communication fee di󰮏ers when using
tethering depending on the plan. Packet at-
rate service is highly recommended.
• Subscription to sp-mode is required when
using tethering.
• For detailed information about fees, refer to
http://www.nttdocomo.co.jp/english/.
• Note that we do not guarantee any
performances of the optional accessories you
purchase at stores.
Safety Precautions (ALWAYS
FOLLOW THESE PRECAUTIONS)
■ Before using this terminal, read these
"Safety Precautions" carefully so that you
can use it properly. After reading the safety
precautions, keep this manual in a safe place
for later reference.
■ These precautions are intended to protect
you and others around you. Read and follow
them carefully to avoid injury, damage to the
product or damage to property.
■ The signs below indicate the levels of danger
or damage that may occur if the particular
precautions are not observed.
DANGER
This sign indicates that
incorrect handling has a
high possibility of causing
death or serious injury.
WARNING
This sign indicates that
incorrect handling poses
a risk of causing death or
serious injury.
8
Contents/Precautions
CAUTION
This sign indicates that
incorrect handling poses a
risk of causing slight injury
or damage to the product
or property.
■ The following symbols indicate special
warnings regarding product usage.
Denotes things not to do
(prohibition).
Denotes not to disassemble.
Denotes not to use where it
could get wet.
Denotes not to use with wet
hands.
Denotes mandatory instructions
(matters that must be complied
with).
Denotes that the equipment
should be unplugged.
■ "Safety Precautions" are explained in the
following seven sections.
General Precautions for Terminal, Adapter,
docomo mini UIM card……………………… P10
Precautions for Terminal ………………… P12
Precautions for Adapter …………………… P16
Precautions for docomo mini UIM card
…………………………………………………… P19
Precautions on Using near Electronic
Medical Equipment ………………………… P19
Material List…………………………………… P20
Precautions for Sample (microSD reader
writer, UIM opener) ………………………… P21
9
Contents/Precautions
General Precautions for
Terminal, Adapter, docomo
mini UIM card
Do not use, store or leave it in places
with a high temperature such as
besides re, besides a heater, inside
a kotatsu, under direct sunlight or in
cars under the blazing sun.
Fire, burns, or injury may result.
Do not put in heating appliances
such as microwaves or high pressure
containers.
Fire, burns, injury, or electric shock
may result.
Do not disassemble or remodel the
horizontal charge adapter.
Fire, burns, injury, or electric shock
may result.
Do not get the horizontal charge
adapter wet with water, drinking
water, pet urine, sweat, etc.
Fire, burns, injury, or electric shock
may result.
Do not get wet on charging connector,
microUSB connection terminal or
earphone/microphone jack by liquids
such as water, drinking water, pet
urines, sweat, etc.
Fire, burns, injury, or electric shock
may result.
Use the optional accessories specied
by NTT DOCOMO for this terminal.
Fire, burns, injury, or electric shock
may result.
WARNING
Do not put strong force, severe
shocks, or throw them.
Fire, burns, injury, or electric shock
may result.
10
Contents/Precautions
Do not let charging connector,
microUSB connection terminal or
earphone/microphone jack touch any
conductive metal such as metal piece,
pencil lead, etc. Also do not put any of
them inside.
Fire, burns, injury, or electric shock
may result.
Do not cover or wrap this terminal
or its accessories with bedding, etc.
while using or charging.
Fire or burns may result.
Make sure to turn o󰮏 this terminal
or stop charging before going to the
places like a gas station where a
ammable gas fumes.
Catching re may result.
Turn o󰮏 the power when using Osaifu-
Keitai at gas stations (before turning
the power o󰮏, release the lock for
NFC/Osaifu-Keitai if it is set).
If the equipment starts giving o󰮏 a
strange smell, overheats, becomes
discolored or deformed during use,
charging or in storage, immediately
perform the following operations.
• Remove the power plug from the
wall outlet or cigar lighter socket.
• Turn o󰮏 this terminal.
Fire, burns, injury, or electric shock
may result.
CAUTION
Do not place the horizontal charge
adapter on unstable locations such as
wobbly tables or slanted locations.
Injury may result from the terminal
falling down.
Do not store the horizontal charge
adapter in humid, dusty places, or in
hot areas.
Fire, burns, or electric shock may
result.
11
Contents/Precautions
If children use the horizontal charge
adapter, a guardian should explain the
precautions and correct operations.
Also make sure that the instructions
are followed during use.
Injury may result.
Keep out of reach of babies and small
children.
Accidental swallowing or injury may
result.
Be careful especially when using this
terminal with the adapter connected
continuously for a long time.
If you use an application or watch
1Seg programs for a long time while
charging, the temperature of this
terminal and adapter may get high.
Directly touching a hot part for a long
time may cause redness, itching or
rash on your skin, or low-temperature
burns depending on your constitution
and/or health condition.
Precautions for Terminal
■ The internal battery in this terminal is as
follow.
Display Battery type
Li-ion00 Lithium-ion battery
Do not throw this terminal into re.
Fire, explosion, getting heated or liquid
leak of the internal battery may result.
Do not sting this terminal with a nail,
and do not hammer or step upon this
terminal.
Fire, explosion, getting heated or liquid
leak of the internal battery may result.
When the liquid from internal battery
splashes into your eyes, do not rub
your eyes. Wash your eyes and go to
consult with a doctor immediately.
Blindness may result.
12
Contents/Precautions
WARNING
Do not aim the Infrared Port toward
eyes.
Harmful e󰮏ects on eyes may result.
Do not operate the infrared
communication aiming at home
electric appliances that have infrared
device.
Accident may result from malfunction
of infrared device.
Do not lighten the light near eyes.
Especially, when you shoot photos of
babies or infants, keep this terminal
1 m or more away from babies and
infants.
Vision problems may result. Accident
may result from being shocked and
being blind.
Do not get liquids such as water or
foreign objects such as metal pieces
or ammable materials into the docomo
mini UIM card slot of this terminal.
Fire, burns, injury, or electric shock
may result.
Do not turn on lights in front of the
auto driver directly.
Accident may result from the weak
vision caused by light.
Turn o󰮏 this terminal in places where
use is prohibited such as airplanes or
hospitals.
Electronic devices or electronic medical
devices may be adversely a󰮏ected.
Follow the instructions when using
inside medical facilities.
Also, you will get punished according
to law if any prohibited action, such
as using the phone in airplane, is
conducted. However, if use is permitted
by setting for disconnecting radio
wave, etc., follow airline instructions for
proper use.
13
Contents/Precautions
When talking on the phone with
speaker on or when this terminal is
ringing, keep it away from your ear.
And, when connecting the earphone/
microphone jack etc. to this terminal
and playing a game or music, adjust
the volume moderately.
Too loud volume may cause a hearing
loss. And, if you cannot hear the sound
around you clearly, it may cause an
accident.
If you have a weak heart, be careful
when setting the Vibrate alert
(vibration) or alert volume setting.
Harmful e󰮏ect on heart may result.
When you use electronic medical
equipment, check with the equipment
manufacturer to determine how the
device is a󰮏ected by radio waves
before using.
Harmful e󰮏ect on electronic medical
equipment etc. may result.
Turn o󰮏 this terminal in places near
high precision electronic devices or
devices using weak electronic signals.
Electronic devices may be adversely
a󰮏ected by reasons such as malfunction.
* Examples to pay attention to when
using electronic devices
Hearing aids, implanted cardiac
pacemakers, implanted debrillators,
other medical electronic devices, re
alarms, automatic doors and other
automatically controlled devices.
If you are using an implanted cardiac
pacemaker, implanted debrillator or
any other electronic medical device,
consult the manufacturer or retailer
of the device for advice regarding
possible e󰮏ects from radio waves.
When the display or camera lens is
accidentally broken, be careful of
broken glass or exposed internal
parts of this terminal.
Since the reinforced glass is used
on the surface of the display and the
camera lens, they are structured for
the glass not to scatter. However,
if you carelessly touch broken or
exposed parts, you may get injured.
14
Contents/Precautions
When internal battery leaks liquid or
gives o󰮏 odor, stop using it and keep
it away from re.
Fire, explosion may result from liquid.
CAUTION
Do not swing this terminal by its
antenna, etc.
It may hit you or someone else and
may result in an accident such as an
injury.
Do not use a broken terminal.
Fire, burns, injury, or electric shock
may result.
When using the motion sensor, ensure
the safety of you and those around
you, hold this terminal rmly, and
avoid extreme movements.
Injury may result.
If the display part is accidentally
broken and liquid crystal leaks out, do
not make the material contact with
your skin of face or hands.
It leads to blindness or skin problems.
If liquid crystal gets into your eyes or
mouth, rinse it with clean water and
see a doctor immediately.
And, if the material adheres to skin or
clothing, use alcohol etc. to wipe it o󰮏,
and then wash with soap.
Do not discard it as combustible
waste.
Fire and environmental pollution may
result. Bring this terminal to a docomo
Shop or follow the local disposal
regulations.
If you use this terminal in a car,
contact the car manufacturer or
dealer to ask about the e󰮏ect from
radio waves.
Depending on the type of car, in-car
electronic devices could be adversely
a󰮏ected. In this case, stop using this
terminal immediately.
15
Contents/Precautions
Itching, rash or eczema may be
caused depending on your physical
conditions or predisposition. If an
abnormality occurs, stop using this
terminal immediately, and then seek
medical attention.
• For the material of each part
→ P20 "Material List"
When watching the display, take a
certain distance from the display in a
fully bright place.
Visual loss may result.
When inner battery leaks liquid, do not
touch the liquid.
It leads to blindness or skin problems.
If such liquid gets into your eyes or
mouth, if it adheres to your skin or
clothing, please rinse with clean water
immediately.
If it gets into your eyes or mouth,
please seek medical attention
immediately after washing.
Precautions for Adapter
WARNING
Do not use it if the adapter cord gets
damaged.
Fire, burns, or electric shock may
result.
Do not use the AC adapter in a highly
humid area such as a bathroom.
Fire, burns, or electric shock may
result.
DC adapter is only for minus earth
car. Do not use it on plus earth car.
Fire, burns, or electric shock may
result.
When it starts to thunder, do not
touch the adapter.
Electric shock may result.
16
Contents/Precautions
Do not make the charging terminal
short out while being connected to
the outlet or cigar lighter socket. Do
not touch the charging terminal with a
part of your body such as your hands
or ngers.
Fire, burns, or electric shock may result.
Do not place heavy objects on the
adapter cord.
Fire, burns, or electric shock may result.
When you insert and remove AC
adapter from the power outlet, do not
contact a metal strap or other metal
objects with this terminal.
Fire, burns, or electric shock may result.
When this terminal is connected with
an adapter, do not subject excessive
force to any direction.
Fire, burns, injury, or electric shock
may result.
Do not touch the adapter cord,
charging connector or the outlet with
wet hands.
Fire, burns, or electric shock may result.
Only use with the specied power
source and voltage. When charging
overseas, use a compatible AC
adapter.
If incorrect voltage is used, this may
cause re, burns or electric shock.
• AC adapter: AC 100 V
• DC adapter: DC 12 V/24 V
(only for minus earth car)
• AC adapter for overseas use:
Between AC 100 V and 240 V
(Connect to the AC outlet for
internal household use)
Use the specied fuse when the fuse
of DC adapter blows.
Fire, burns, or electric shock may
result. Refer to the manual for detailed
information of the specied fuse.
17
Contents/Precautions
Wipe o󰮏 any dust that accumulated
on the power plug.
Fire, burns, or electric shock may result.
When you connect the AC adapter
to an outlet, do not fail to properly
connect to the outlet.
Fire, burns, or electric shock may result.
When you disconnect the power plug
from the outlet or cigar lighter socket,
do not pull the adapter cord with
excessive force. Instead, hold the
adapter to disconnect.
Fire, burns, or electric shock may result.
When inserting and removing from this
terminal, do not subject excessive
force. Insert and remove horizontally.
Fire, burns, injury, or electric shock
may result.
Always remove the power plug from
the outlet or cigar lighter socket when
not using the adapter for an extended
period.
Fire, burns, or electric shock may result.
Immediately remove the power plug
from the outlet or cigar lighter socket
if water or other uids get into the
adapter.
Fire, burns, or electric shock may result.
Always remove the power plug from
the outlet or cigar lighter socket when
cleaning the equipment.
Fire, burns, or electric shock may result.
18
Contents/Precautions
Precautions on Using near
Electronic Medical Equipment
WARNING
If you use electronic medical equipment
such as an implanted cardiac
pacemaker or implanted debrillator,
use the mobile terminal 15 cm or
more away from the implanted cardiac
pacemaker or implanted debrillator.
Operations of electronic medical
equipment may be adversely a󰮏ected
by radio waves.
Patients using electronic medical
equipment other than implanted
cardiac pacemakers or implanted
debrillators should check the
inuence of radio waves upon
the equipment by consulting the
manufacturer.
Operations of electronic medical
equipment may be adversely a󰮏ected
by radio waves.
Precautions for docomo mini
UIM card
CAUTION
Be careful not to touch the edge of
docomo mini UIM card when removing
it.
Injury may result.
19
Contents/Precautions
You may get closer than 15 cm to
people around you who are incapable
of moving. Set this terminal to radio
signal o󰮏 beforehand (Airplane mode
or power o󰮏).
People who are using electronic
medical equipment such as implanted
cardiac pacemakers or implanted
debrillators may be around you.
Operations of electronic medical
equipment may be adversely a󰮏ected
by radio waves.
Follow the instructions when using
this terminal inside medical facilities.
Material List
Part Material Surface
Treatment
Outer
case
Display Tempered
Glass -
Front case PC + Mg Deposition +
UV coating
Back case PC resin UV coating
Power key PC resin Deposition
Volume key PC resin UV coating
Earphone/
microphone jack
PBS 0.2t
C5210R
Gold coating
Infrared port part Tempered
Glass -
1Seg
antenna
Tip PC resin UV coating
Pipe Stainless
steel -
Hinge Stainless
steel -
Feeder Phosphor
bronze Nickel
20
Contents/Precautions
Part Material Surface
Treatment
microUSB
connection terminal
Colson
alloy
Gold coating
Camera panel Sapphire
glass
Back side UV
lamination
Flash panel PC resin -
Receiver grill AL Anodic
(oxidized)
treatment
docomo
mini
UIM
card
slot
Cover
section
PC resin UV coating
Guide
section
Mg
-
IMEI Seal Paper -
Precautions for Sample (microSD
reader writer, UIM opener)
■ microSD reader writer, UIM opener
Do not use, store or leave it in places
with a high temperature such as
besides re, besides a heater, inside
a kotatsu, under direct sunlight or in
cars under the blazing sun.
Fire, burns, or injury may result.
Do not put in heating appliances
such as microwaves or high pressure
containers.
Fire, burns, injury, or electric shock
may result.
■ microSD reader writer
Do not disassemble or remodel the
horizontal charge adapter.
Fire, burns, injury, or electric shock
may result.
21
Contents/Precautions
Do not get the microSD reader writer
wet with water, drinking water, pet
urine, sweat, etc.
Fire, burns, injury, or electric shock
may result.
Do not get microSD reader writer
connector wet by liquids such as
water, drinking water, pet urines,
sweat, etc.
Fire, burns, injury, or electric shock
may result.
WARNING
■ microSD reader writer, UIM opener
Do not put strong force, severe shocks,
or throw them.
Fire, burns, injury, or electric shock
may result.
■ microSD reader writer
Do not let microSD reader writer
connector touch any conductive metal
such as metal piece, pencil lead, etc.
Also do not put any of them inside.
Fire, burns, injury, or electric shock
may result.
Do not use it in humid places such like
a bathroom.
Fire, burns, or electric shock may result.
Do not short out the microSD reader
writer connector when connecting with
this terminal. Do not touch microSD
reader writer connector with a part
of your body such as your hands or
ngers.
Fire, burns, or electric shock may result.
Do not place heavy objects on
microSD reader writer.
Fire, burns, or electric shock may result.
22
Contents/Precautions
When inserting or removing microSD
reader writer from microUSB
connection terminal of this terminal,
do not touch any metals.
Fire, burns, or electric shock may result.
Do not insert any microSD card
incompatible into microSD reader
writer.
Fire, burns, or electric shock may result.
Do not touch microSD reader writer
with wet hands.
Fire, burns, or electric shock may result.
If the equipment starts giving o󰮏 a
strange smell, overheats, becomes
discolored or deformed during use or
in storage, immediately perform the
following operations.
• Remove microSD reader writer from
microUSB connection terminal of
this terminal
Fire, burns, or electric shock may result.
Wipe o󰮏 any dust that accumulated
on microSD reader writer.
Fire, burns, or electric shock may result.
Make sure that microSD reader writer
is inserted into microUSB connection
terminal of this terminal.
Fire, burns, or electric shock may result.
Remove microSD reader writer from
microUSB connection terminal of this
terminal beforehand if you will not use
it for a long time.
Fire, burns, or electric shock may result.
When it got wet by liquids such as
water, immediately remove microSD
reader writer from microUSB
connection terminal of this terminal.
Fire, burns, or electric shock may result.
Remove microSD reader writer from
microUSB connection terminal of this
terminal beforehand when cleaning it.
Fire, burns, or electric shock may result.
23
Contents/Precautions
■ UIM opener
The tip part of UIM opener is sharp
pointed. Do not point it to yourself or
any other people.
It may hit you or someone else and
may result in an injury or blindness.
CAUTION
■ microSD reader writer, UIM opener
Do not place the horizontal charge
adapter on unstable locations such as
wobbly tables or slanted locations.
Injury may result from the terminal
falling down.
Do not store the horizontal charge
adapter in humid, dusty places, or in
hot areas.
Fire, burns, or electric shock may result.
If children use the horizontal charge
adapter, a guardian should explain the
precautions and correct operations.
Also make sure that the instructions
are followed during use.
Injury may result.
Keep out of reach of babies and small
children.
Accidental swallowing or injury may
result.
Itching, rash or eczema may be
caused depending on your physical
conditions or predisposition. If an
abnormality occurs, stop using this
terminal immediately, and then seek
medical attention.
24
Contents/Precautions
Handling and Care
General Usage Guidelines
■ Do not get it wet.
This terminal, adapter and docomo mini UIM
card are not waterproof. Do not use them in
places with high humidity such as a bath or
where rain may get it wet. If you carry this
terminal close to your body, moisture from
sweat may corrode the internal parts causing
a malfunction. Note that malfunctions
deemed to be caused by water are not
covered by the warranty or impossible to
repair. Since these malfunctions are not
under warranty, even when repair is possible,
it will be done at the user's expense.
■ Clean this terminal with a dry, soft cloth
(lens cleaning cloth), etc.
• Rubbing it roughly with a dry cloth may
scratch the display.
• Drops of water or dirt left on the display
may cause stains.
• If this terminal is wiped with alcohol, paint
thinner, benzine or detergent, the printing
may disappear or color may fade.
■ Keep the connector contacts clean with a
dry cotton swab.
Clean the connector contacts with a dry
cotton swab to prevent contacts from
getting dirty which can result in intermittent
connections.
Be careful when cleaning the connector
contacts.
■ Do not place the terminal near air conditioner
outlets.
Condensation may form due to rapid changes
in temperature, and this may corrode internal
parts and cause malfunction.
■ Do not place excessive force on this terminal,
etc.
If this terminal is inserted to a full bag, or
placed in a pocket and sat on, the display,
its internal PCBs may be damaged or
malfunction.
Also, if an external connection device is
connected to a microUSB connection terminal
or earphone/microphone jack, damage on
connector or malfunction may result.
■ Do not rub or scratch the display with metal.
The display may get scratched and it may
cause malfunction or damage.
■ Read the individual manual attached to the
Options.
25
Contents/Precautions
Notes about this Terminal
■ Do not place excessive force on pressing
the touch panel, or operate by sharp objects
such as ngernails, ballpoint pen and pins.
Damage of touch panel may result.
■ Avoid using in extremely high or low
temperatures.
This terminal should be used within a
temperature range from 5℃ to 35℃ and a
humidity range from 45% to 85%.
■ This terminal may adversely a󰮏ect xed
phones, televisions or radios in use nearby.
Use as far as possible from such appliances.
■ Keep a separate record of any information
stored on this terminal and store the copies
in a safe location.
DOCOMO assumes no responsibility for the
loss of any of your data.
■ Do not drop this terminal or subject it to
shocks.
Damage or malfunction may result.
■ Do not insert a microUSB connection
terminal, earphone/microphone jack
crookedly or pull them strongly.
Damage or malfunction may result.
■ It is normal for this terminal to become warm
during use. You can continue using without
problems.
■ Do not leave the camera under direct
sunlight.
Discoloring or burn-in of materials may result.
■ Insert docomo mini UIM card tray into this
terminal in general use.
Malfunction may result when dust, water,
etc. come in.
■ While using the microSD card, do not remove
either microSD card or microSD reader
writer from this terminal, and do not turn
this terminal o󰮏.
Data loss or malfunction may result.
■ Do not bring any magnetic cards close to
this terminal.
The magnetic data in cash cards, credit
cards, telephone cards, oppy disks, etc. may
be erased.
■ Do not bring strong magnetic objects close
to this terminal.
Strong magnetism may cause malfunction.
26
Contents/Precautions
■ The internal battery is a consumable
accessory.
Battery life varies depending on usage
conditions, etc., but it is time to change
internal battery when the usage time has
become extremely short even though the
internal battery has been fully charged.
For replacement of the internal battery,
contact "Repairs" (in Japanese only) on the
back cover of the instruction manual or a
DOCOMO specied repair o󰮐ce.
■ Charge in an environment with the proper
ambient temperature (5℃ to 35℃ ).
■ Battery life may di󰮏er depending on the
use environment or degradation level of the
internal battery.
■ Be careful especially about the following
points when storing this terminal.
• Keeping under fully charged state (right
after the charging ends)
• Keeping under non charged state
(consumed too much to turn on this
terminal)
The performance and life of the internal
battery may deteriorate.
It is recommended that you store the internal
battery with around 40% battery level.
Notes about the Adapter
■ Charge in an environment with the proper
ambient temperature (5℃ to 35℃ ).
■ Do not charge in the following places.
• Places that are very humid, dusty or
exposed to strong vibrations.
• Near ordinary phone or TV/radio.
■ It is normal that the adapter becomes warm
while being charged. You can continue using
without problems.
■ Use the DC adapter only when the car
engine is running.
The car battery may be exhausted.
■ When using an outlet with a mechanism
preventing unplugging, follow the handling
instructions of the outlet.
■ Do not give a strong impact to the adapter.
Also, do not deform the charging terminal.
Malfunction may result.
27
Contents/Precautions
Notes about the docomo mini
UIM card
■ Do not put excessive force on the docomo
mini UIM card when inserting into or
removing from this terminal.
■ Note that DOCOMO assumes no responsibility
for malfunctions occurring as the result of
inserting and using a docomo mini UIM card
with other IC card reader/writer.
■ Always keep the IC portion of the docomo
mini UIM card clean.
■
Clean the docomo mini UIM card with a dry,
soft cloth (lens cleaning cloth), etc.
■ Be sure to keep a separate note of the
information registered on the docomo mini
UIM card.
DOCOMO assumes no responsibility for the
loss of any of your data.
■ Visit docomo Shop to return the docomo
mini UIM card for the environmental purpose.
■ Do not scratch, touch carelessly or short
circuit the IC portion.
Data loss or malfunction may result.
■ Do not drop or give force to the docomo mini
UIM card.
Malfunction may result.
■ Do not bend or put heavy things on the
docomo mini UIM card.
Malfunction may result.
■ Do not insert docomo mini UIM card into this
terminal with labels or stickers attached on.
Malfunction may result.
Notes about the Bluetooth
Function
■ To secure the Bluetooth communication
security, this terminal supports the security
function compliant with Bluetooth standards,
but the security may not be su󰮐cient
depending on the settings. Be aware of the
communication using the Bluetooth function.
■ Note that DOCOMO is not responsible for
data or information leakage when making
data communications using Bluetooth.
28
Contents/Precautions
■ Frequency band
Frequency bands used by this terminal
Bluetooth function/Wireless LAN function
are described as follows.
2.4FH1/DS4/OF4
2.4 : Indicates radio equipment
using 2,400 MHz.
FH/DS/OF : Indicates that modulation
methods are FH-SS, DS-SS
or OFDM format.
1 : Indicates that assumed
inducing interference from
distances is 10 m or less.
4 : Indicates that assumed
inducing interference from
distances is 40 m or less.
: The full band between 2,400
MHz and 2,483.5 MHz is
used and the band of the
mobile identication device
is avoidable.
Available channels vary by the country.
For use in an aircraft, contact the airline
company beforehand.
■ Bluetooth Device Cautions
The operating frequency band of this terminal
is used by industrial, scientic, consumer
and medical equipment including microwave
ovens, premises radio stations for identifying
mobile units used in the manufacturing lines
of plants (radio stations requiring no license)
and amateur radio stations (hereinafter
referred to as "another station").
1. Before using this terminal, conrm that
"another station" is not being operated
nearby.
2. In the event of this terminal causing
harmful radio wave interference with
"another station", promptly change the
location or stop radio wave emission by
turning o󰮏 the power, etc.
3. If you have further questions, contact
"docomo Information Center" provided on
the back cover of this manual.
29
Contents/Precautions
Notes about Wireless LAN (WLAN)
■ Wireless LAN (WLAN) uses radio waves
to enable data communications between
compatible devices, thus allowing connection
to a local area network from anywhere
within range. However, there is a risk of data
interception by malicious third parties unless
security is established. Users are advised to
assess their responsibilities and accordingly
congure security settings.
■ Wireless LAN
Do not use wireless LAN near magnetic
devices such as electrical appliances, AV/
OA devices, or in radio waves.
- Magnetism or radio waves may increase
noises or disable communications
(especially when using a microwave oven).
- When using near TV, radio, etc., reception
interference may occur, or channels on the
TV screen may be disturbed.
- If there are multiple wireless LAN access
points nearby and the same channel is
used, search may not work correctly.
- For using WLAN overseas, point of use etc.
may be restricted depending on country.
In that case, conrm conditions such as
available frequency or regulations of the
country to use it.
■ 2.4GHz Bandwidth Cautions
The operating frequency band of the WLAN
device is used by home electrical appliances
such as microwave ovens, industrial, scientic,
consumer and medical equipment including
premises radio stations for identifying mobile
units used in the manufacturing lines of plants
stations (radio stations requiring no license)
and amateur radio stations (radio stations
requiring a license).
1. Before using the device, conrm that
premises radio stations for identifying
mobile units, specied low power radio
stations and amateur radio stations are
not being operated nearby.
2. If the device causes harmful radio
interference to premises radio stations
for identifying mobile units, immediately
change the frequency band or stop use,
and contact "docomo Information Center"
on the back cover of this manual for
crosstalk avoidance, etc. (e.g. partition
setup).
3. If the device causes radio interference
to specied low power radio stations or
amateur radio stations, contact "docomo
Information Center" on the back cover of
this manual.
30
Contents/Precautions
■ 5GHz Bandwidth Cautions
The law prohibits the outdoor use of the
5.2GHz (W52) and 5.3GHz (W53) frequency
bands.
The channel numbers and frequency used in
Japan is shown as below.
W52
(5.2GHz bandwidth/ 36, 40, 44, 48ch)
W53
(5.3GHz bandwidth/ 52, 56, 60, 64ch)
W56
(5.6GHz bandwidth/100, 104, 108, 112,
116, 120, 124, 128, 132, 136, 140ch)
Handling the FeliCa Reader/
Writer
■ The FeliCa reader/writer function for this
terminal handles delicate signals that require
no radio station license.
■ The 13.56 MHz frequency band is used.
If there is another reader/writer near this
terminal, keep enough distance between this
terminal and the reader/writer. Also, make
sure that there is no radio station using the
same frequency band nearby.
Precautions for Sample
(microSD reader writer, UIM
opener)
microSD reader writer
■ Do not get it wet.
microSD reader writer is not waterproof. Do
not use them in places with high humidity
such as a bath or where rain may get it wet.
If you carry this terminal close to your body,
moisture from sweat may corrode the internal
parts causing a malfunction.
■ Clean the docomo mini UIM card with a dry,
soft cloth (lens cleaning cloth), etc.
■ Keep the microSD reader writer connector
clean with a dry cotton swab.
Clean the connector contacts with a dry
cotton swab to prevent contacts from
getting dirty which can result in power o󰮏.
Be careful when cleaning the connector
contacts.
■ Do not place the terminal near air conditioner
outlets.
Condensation may form due to rapid changes
in temperature, and this may corrode internal
parts and cause malfunction.
31
Contents/Precautions
■ Do not store in direct daylight, high
temperature or humid place.
■ While using the microSD card, do not remove
either microSD card or microSD reader
writer from this terminal, and do not turn
this terminal o󰮏.
Data loss or malfunction may result.
■ Do not scratch, touch carelessly or short
circuit the metal connector part.
Data loss or malfunction may result.
■ Always keep the metal connector part clean.
■ Do not put excessive force on the microSD
reader writer when inserting into or
removing from this terminal.
■ Do not drop or give force to the microSD
reader writer.
■ Do not scratch, touch carelessly or short
circuit the microSD reader writer connector.
Malfunction may result.
UIM opener
■ Do not place excessive force on UIM opener.
Damage or malfunction may result.
■ Follow your area rules when disposing it.
■ Do not use this UIM opener on other terminals.
Malfunctions or damage may result.
Caution
■ Do not use a modied terminal. Using a
modied terminal results in violating Radio
law/Telecommunications Business Act.
This terminal has been complied with
technical standard of wireless equipment
stipulated by Radio law, as well as
technical standard of device stipulated by
Telecommunications Business Act. As a
proof, "Technical standard compliance mark
" is indicated in the electric nameplate.
Conrm the electric nameplate by the
following operations.
From the Home screen, u "Settings" u
"About phone" u "Regulatory and Safety"
If this terminal is modied by turning the
screw to the left to disassemble, technical
standard compliance becomes invalid.
Please do not use this terminal during the
time when technical standard compliance
is being invalid, since you are in violation of
Radio law and Telecommunications Business
Act.
32
Contents/Precautions
■ Be careful when using this terminal while
driving.
Using the mobile phone in your hand while
driving is subject to punishment.
However, absolutely necessary cases such
as rescue of a sick person or maintaining
public safety are exempted.
■ The FeliCa reader/writer function can only
be used in Japan.
The FeliCa reader/writer function for this
terminal is compliant with the radio standards
for Japan.
Overseas usage may be subject to
punishment.
■ Do not make unauthorized modications to
the basic software.
Repairs may be refused if the software has
been modied.
33
Contents/Precautions
Conrmation and Settings before Using
Part Names and Functions
a Front camera
b Proximity sensor*1/Illuminance sensor*2
(all-in-one)
c LED notication light (front side LED)
d Earpiece (receiver)
e Display (touch screen)
*1 Set touch screen to on or o󰮏 to prevent
false operations occur when your face
touches the screen during calling.
*2 Sense the surrounding brightness and
adjust the screen brightness automatically.
34
Conrmation and Settings before Using
f Bluetooth/Wi-Fi antenna area*3
g Main camera
h Flash
i GPS/sub antenna area*3
j Volume key (up)
k Power key
l Volume key (down)
m mark
n FOMA/Xi antenna area*3
o LED notication (back side LED)
*3 Antennas are built in this terminal. If you
cover the antenna area with your hand, its
quality may be a󰮏ected.
35
Conrmation and Settings before Using
p Infrared port part (IrRC)
• When QRemote (P51) is in use. Data
transfer is not available via infrared ray.
q Sub microphone
• When speaker phone is in use.
r 1Seg antenna
s docomo mini UIM card tray inject hole
t docomo mini UIM card tray
u Earphone/microphone jack
v Mouthpiece (microphone)
w microUSB connection terminal
• You can use a SlimPort supported cable
purchased in stores.
x Speaker
Note
• Do not put stickers on any sensor area.
docomo mini UIM card
docomo mini UIM card is an IC card that stores
information such as your telephone number.
• Functions such as calling or packet
communication are not available without a
docomo mini UIM card inserted. Make sure to
power o󰮏 this terminal or remove docomo mini
UIM card from AC adapter during charging
before inserting or removing docomo mini UIM
card.
• This terminal uses only docomo mini UIM
card. Bring your UIM/FOMA card to a docomo
Shop to exchange it.
• For details about docomo mini UIM card, refer
to the instruction manual for docomo mini
UIM card.
• To insert/remove docomo mini UIM card, you
need a UIM opener (sample).
Note
• A red dummy card is inserted into docomo
mini UIM card tray when you purchase this
terminal. Remove the dummy card before
inserting docomo mini UIM card. You
cannot power on or charge this terminal
with the dummy card inserted.
36
Conrmation and Settings before Using
docomo mini UIM card security codes
The docomo mini UIM card can set security
code named PIN. "0000" is set at the time
of subscription. Customers can change PIN
afterwards. For details about PIN of docomo
mini UIM card, refer to "PIN code" (P219).
Inserting docomo mini UIM card
a Insert the pointed tip of UIM opener
into docomo mini UIM card tray inject
hole of docomo mini UIM card tray
horizontally
bTake out docomo mini UIM card tray
straightly
cAttach docomo mini UIM card onto
docomo mini UIM card tray with
golden IC side facing down
37
Conrmation and Settings before Using
dInsert docomo mini UIM card tray
into this terminal
• Make sure to insert docomo mini UIM
card tray in correct direction. docomo mini
UIM card tray may get damaged when
inserting in wrong direction.
Removing docomo mini UIM
card
a Insert the pointed tip of UIM opener
into docomo mini UIM card tray inject
hole of docomo mini UIM card tray
horizontally (P37)
bTake out docomo mini UIM card tray
straightly
cDetach the docomo mini UIM card
from docomo mini UIM card tray
38
Conrmation and Settings before Using
dInsert docomo mini UIM card tray
into this terminal Charging
Battery Charge
• A red dummy card is inserted into docomo
mini UIM card tray when you purchase this
terminal. Remove the dummy card before
charging. You cannot charge this terminal
with the dummy card inserted.
• For detailed information, refer to instruction
manuals for AC Adapter 03(optional), AC
Adapter 04(optional), microUSB Cable
01(optional) and DC Adapter 03(optional).
• AC adapter 03/04 can be used from AC 100
V to 240 V.
• The shape of AC adapter plug is for AC 100
V (Japanese specication). A conversion
plug adapter for the destination country is
required when using an adapter compatible
from AC 100 V to 240 V. Also do not use a
transformer for overseas travel to charge.
• Do not apply excessive force when inserting
or pulling out the connector. Insert or pull it
out slowly.
• When charging with an entirely empty internal
battery, it may take a while to power on this
terminal.
39
Conrmation and Settings before Using
• Make sure to remove it from the power plug of
AC adapter after nishing charging.
• When charging with unstable rated voltage,
battery may not get charged or charging may
fail.
Do not charge for a long time (for
several days)
• If you carry on charging this terminal after it
has been fully charged, the internal battery
will start supplying power to this terminal.
This will reduce the actual usage time and
deplete the battery. If this happens, please
charge it again correctly. Before recharging,
remove this terminal from AC adapter and
reset.
Life of the Internal Battery
• The internal battery is a consumable
accessory. The usage time decreases
gradually each time the battery is charged.
• When the usage time becomes about half
of a new internal battery, the life of the
internal battery is assumed to be over. We
recommend you to replace the battery ahead
of time. For replacement of the internal
battery, contact "Repairs" (in Japanese only)
on the back cover of the instruction manual
or a DOCOMO specied repair o󰮐ce.
• Calling while charging may a󰮏ect life of the
internal battery.
Charging Time (estimate)
For details about charging time, refer to "Main
Specications" (P287).
40
Conrmation and Settings before Using
Usage Time (estimate)
For details about usage time, refer to "Main
Specications" (P287).
Charging with AC Adapter
It describes how to charge this terminal with
the optional AC Adapter 04.
a Insert the microUSB connector
of AC adapter into the microUSB
connection terminal of this terminal
• Insert the microUSB connector
horizontally with the B mark facing up.
bInsert the AC adapter power plug
into an electrical outlet
• Charging begins. LED notication light
turns red color during charging. Tone
changes while lighting up.
• The battery icon on the status bar is
indicated like this during charging, and
animation is displayed.
• When charging is nished LED, notication
light turns green, a ringtone rings to notify
that charging is over, and is displayed.
cWhen charging is completed, remove
AC adapter power plug from the outlet
dRemove the microUSB connector of
AC adapter from this terminal
■ DC Adapter 03(optional)
The DC adapter supplies power to charge
this terminal through a cigar lighter socket
(12 V/24 V) in a vehicle.
For details, refer to the instruction manual of
DC Adapter 03.
41
Conrmation and Settings before Using
Charging with a PC
Connect this terminal to a PC by the MicroUSB
Cable 01 (optional) to charge.
a Insert the microUSB connector of
microUSB cable into the microUSB
connection terminal of this terminal
• Insert the microUSB connector
horizontally with the USB mark facing up.
bInsert the USB connector of
microUSB cable to a USB port on
PC side
• If a request of installing a device driver
appears on your PC, cancel it.
• If the "Install PC programs" screen is
displayed on this terminal, tap "Cancel".
• If "Select USB connection method" screen
is displayed, tap "Charge phone".
cWhen charging is nished, remove
the USB connector of microUSB
cable from the USB port on PC side
dRemove the microUSB connector of
microUSB cable from this terminal
Note
• Depending on the condition of the PC, it
may take a while to nish charging, or it
may not be able to charge.
42
Conrmation and Settings before Using
Power On/O󰮏
Power On
a Press and hold the power key for
over two seconds
• The lock screen is displayed.
Note
• A red dummy card is inserted into docomo
mini UIM card tray when you purchase this
terminal. Remove the dummy card before
powering on. You cannot power on with
the dummy card inserted.
Power O󰮏
a Press and hold the power key for
over two seconds
b"Power o󰮏"
c"OK"
Turning on Backlight
To prevent unintended operations and to save
power, the backlight turns o󰮏 after a set period
and the screen is locked after then.
a Press the power key
• Backlight lights on and the lock screen is
displayed.
Note
• When backlight blacked o󰮏, if you cover
proximity sensor, backlight blacks out
automatically even when you press power
key.
• When backlight is lit up, press power key
to black out the backlight and lock the
screen. Remove check mark on "Power
button instantly locks" (P208) to disable
the power key to lock the screen but only
black out the screen.
• Set screen time-out duration and time
duration till screen locked. For detailed
information, refer to "Screen timeout" in
"Display" (P205) and "Lock timer" in
"Lock screen" (P208).
43
Conrmation and Settings before Using
Unlock the Screen Lock
a Tap
• When screen is locked, unlock the screen.
Note
• When the screen lock is set to "Touch"
or "Swipe", drag or swipe the status bar
downwards with the screen unlocked to
open the notication panel.
Screen Lock
a Widget display area
b Unlock button
c Camera activating button
44
Conrmation and Settings before Using
d Machi-Chara
It noties you new messages and incoming
calls.
e Search button
Select "しゃべってコンシェル(shabette
concier)" or "Google" application and search.
Note
• When you have missed calls, a number
(notication number) may be displayed on
the icon.
• When adding more than one widget, drag
or swipe the screen edge to left/right
side to change the screen display. Tap
to return to lock screen.
Adding a widget
a Drag the left edge of screen to right
side on lock screen
bTap "+" u to select a widget to add
• You can create up to ve widgets.
Sorting widgets
a Drag the left edge of screen to right
side on lock screen
bTouch and hold down the left side of
screen on lock screen
cDrag the application icon and
release your nger
• Widgets on the right side are displayed
on the widget display area of the lock
screen.
Deleting a widget
a Drag the left edge of screen to right
side on lock screen
bTouch and hold down a widget to
delete
cDrag it to "× Remove" and release
your nger when the widget turned
red.
45
Conrmation and Settings before Using
Basic Operations
This terminal adopts touch screen which allows
you to operate by touching the display.
Using Touch Screen
Precautions on using touch screen
The touch screen is designed for nger
touching lightly. Do not press it hard with
your nger or with sharp objects (ngernail,
ballpoint pen, pin etc.).
The following actions may cause the touch
screen not to work properly. Note that it may
cause wrong operations.
• Operating the screen with gloved hands
• Operating the screen with the tip of a
ngernail
• Operating with an object on the screen
• Operating with a protective sheet or seal on
the screen
Touch screen operations
The following operations are available on the
touch screen.
• Tap : Touch the screen lightly
• Double tap : Touch the screen lightly twice
in a row
• Touch and
hold down :Touch the screen for over one
second
• Swipe : Flick the screen lightly
• Drag : Touch and hold down to ick
the screen, and then release
your nger
• Flick : Touch the screen and quickly
sweep your nger
• Pinch-out : Touch the screen with 2 ngers
and then move them apart
• Pinch-in : Touch the screen with 2 ngers
apart and then move them
together, as if pinching
46
Conrmation and Settings before Using
Scrolling screen
You can scroll the screen up or down. For
some websites, you can also scroll side to
side.
• Drag up or down to
scroll.
• Swipe to scroll
quickly. Touch the
screen to stop
scrolling.
Zooming in/zooming out
Depending on the applications, you can zoom in
the display. Also zooming out is available after
zooming in.
• Screen display
is enlarged
depending on your
ngers movement
when pinching out.
• Screen display is
reduced depending
on your ngers
movement when
pinching in.
47
Conrmation and Settings before Using
Front Touch Button
Back key
Tap to go to the previous
screen. Close a dialog
box, an options menu, the
notication panel or the on-
screen keyboard.
Home key
• Tap to display the Home
screen.
• Touch and hold down
this key to display the
most recently used
applications. Tap an
thumbnail to open an
application. Drag or swipe
a thumbnail to right side
or left side to delete from
it the list. Tap "Clear all"
to delete all from the list.
Menu key
Tap to display the current
screen or the option menu
performable in application.
Auto Rotating Screen
This terminal screen automatically rotates to
landscape or portrait views, depending on the
direction in which it is turned.
• Screen orientation may not change in some
applications.
• Even if this terminal is oriented close to being
level in relation to the ground, the landscape/
portrait views do not switch.
a
From the Home screen,
u
"Settings"
u
"Display"
bPlace a check mark in "Auto-rotate
screen"
48
Conrmation and Settings before Using
Capturing Screen Shot
You can capture the display and save it as an
image.
a Hold down the power key and
volume key (down) for over one
second
• You can see the captured screen shots
in "Screenshots" of "Gallery".
QMemo
You can simply write a memo without having to
launch the Memo or Notebook application. You
can also input texts or illustrations directly on
the captured screen.
a Open the notication panel (P74)
b"QMemo"
cCreate a memo
• The following information is displayed.
: Other functions are available
while leaving a memo on the
screen. Tap to resume
QMemo edition.
: Change the background.
/ : Undo/redo.
:Select the type and color of pen.
: Use an eraser. Tap "Clear all"
when an eraser is in use to
delete all created memos.
: Share/print/send the memo you
made.
: Save the created memo.
: Displays/hide the Tool Bar.
49
Conrmation and Settings before Using
: Lock front touch buttons ( /
/ ).
d u select where you want to save
the memo
• The memo is saved in Notebook or in
Gallery.
Note
• Swipe the front touch button icon area to
upward u drag to to activate QMemo.
QSlide Application
While doing other operations, Videos, Internet,
Messaging, Calendar and Email can be used
via popup.
• Up to two QSlide apps popup windows can be
displayed on the same screen.
Using QSlide apps
a Open the notication panel (P74)
bSelect QSlide apps
• The following operations can be operated
via the QSlide apps.
/
/
/
: Go to full screen display/previous
size and display.
: Close the QSlide apps.
: Adjust the transparency of the
background.
• If this is dragged to the left,
even if the QSlide apps screen is
touched it will no longer respond,
but other functions can be used.
: Adjust the display size.
50
Conrmation and Settings before Using
Editing QSlide application
a Open the notication panel (P74)
bTap "Edit" in the QSlide apps eld
• You can customize the items which are
displayed in the QSlide apps sorting, or in
the notication panel.
QRemote
This device can be used as a remote control
for home electronics.
• QRemote is only compatible with some
devices.
Check the LG Electronics Japan website
for other manufacturers whose devices are
compatible with QRemote functions.
http://www.lg.com/jp/mobile-phone/lg-
Optimus-XX-XXXX (in Japanese only)
• Basic remote control operations which are
registered can be used from the notication
panel.
Registering remote
a From the Home screen, "Apps" u
"QRemote"
• When it is notied, agree on all rights of
use and tap "Accept".
bSelect a group name u
cSelect a device category
dSelect a device manufacturer
• Just the manufacturers of QRemote
compatible devices are displayed here.
eDirect the remote towards the
device and tap the "Power" button
• If the button operates, then QRemote can
be used with the device being used.
f"Yes"
g
Follow the on-screen instructions
51
Conrmation and Settings before Using
Setting QRemote
a From the Home screen, "Apps" u
"QRemote" u
Magic Remote
setting*1
Use touch pad and Smart
Text (keyboard) to operate
TV.
• Magic Remote is only
supported by LG Smart
TV released after 2012.
Edit remote
name*2
Edit remote name.
Learn remote*3 Use Infrared Port on this
terminal to set buttons
via infrared ray receives
signal from the remote of
a device.
Edit remote*4 Edit remote button layout.
Move remote*2 Move the registered
remote to another group.
Delete remote*2 Delete the registered
remote.
Edit room Change group name or
icon.
Auto display at
home*5
When you are within the
Home Wi-Fi area, set
whether QRemote is
automatically displayed
in locked screen and the
notication panel.
• This operates if Home
Wi-Fi is set.
Edit tabs*6 Switch the displayed tab
order.
Settings
Auto
display
at
home
When you are within the
Home Wi-Fi area, set
whether QRemote is
automatically displayed
in locked screen and the
notication panel.
• Home Wi-Fi can also be
set.
Touch
sounds
Set whether a tone is
sounded when the remote
control is operated.
Vibrate
on
touch
Set whether the vibration
is activated when the
remote control is operated.
Help Display the QRemote help.
52
Conrmation and Settings before Using
*1 Displays when LG Electronics Inc. TV is
registered.
*2 Displays when remote is registered.
*3 Displays when a remote other than
integrating remote is registered.
*4 Displays when an integrating remote is
registered.
*5 Only displayed when Home Wi-Fi is set.
*6 Displays when more than one remote are
set into one category.
Character Entry
This terminal has an on-screen keyboard that
is displayed in the touch screen for character
entry.
Character Entry Using the
Onscreen Keyboard
If you tap a text box on the screen, the
onscreen keyboard appears in the touch panel.
This terminal provides three types of on-screen
keyboards: an on-screen 10key keyboard, an
on-screen QWERTY keyboard and handwriting
converting keyboard.
Tap to switch the entry operation such as
character mode change.
53
Conrmation and Settings before Using
● 10key keyboard
This keyboard is the similar input method as
mobile phone.
● On-screen QWERTY keyboard
The array is the same as the PC's keyboard.
a Voice input key/Keyboard type key/
Handwriting input key/One-handed
operation key/Split keyboard key/Clip board
key/Setting key/Reverse key
• Switch to Voice input mode.
• Touch and hold down to display keyboard
function button panel.
- Tap to switch to voice input mode. It
is not displayed when setting not to use
voice input.
- Tap (QWERTY keyboard)/ (10key
keyboard) to switch "10key keyboard"
and "QWERTY keyboard".
- Tap to display handwriting input
keyboard.
- Tap (portrait display)/ (landscape
display) to switch "One-handed operation"
and "Split keyboard". Tap return to
standard keyboard.
- Tap to display clipboard.
- Tap to display "LG Japanese keyboard"
menu. The voice typing key can be hidden
in the "Keyboard Settings". is displayed
when setting to hide.
* For detailed operations, refer to "Help" in
"Keyboard Settings".
54
Conrmation and Settings before Using
• If using the 10key keyboard, is
displayed when a character is entered.
Tapping displays the previous
character (reverse order).
b Left cursor key/Arrow key
The cursor moves to the left. It can also
narrow the conversion range to convert.
Touch and hold down this to change arrow
key mode.
c Symbol key/Alphanumeric and Kana key
Displays a list of pictographs, symbols,
emoticons and pictogram-D list. Displays
alphanumeric characters and kana when
"英数カナ (Alphanumeric and Kana key)" is
displayed.
Touch and hold down to enable Input
Extension plug-in. (P60)
d Switch character mode key
Switch the character mode. Touch and hold
down, and you can select "Input languages".
e Delete key
Deletes the character to the left of the
cursor's position. Touch and hold down this
to delete the characters continuously.
f Right cursor key
The highlight moves to the right. Touch and
hold down this to move it continuously. It
can also widen the conversion range.
g Space key/" 変換 (convert)" key
Enter a space. "変換 (convert)" is displayed
during Hiragana input and a list of conversion
candidates is displayed.
h OK/Go/Line feed/Search/Next/Done key
Conrms the entered characters or
converted characters. If the entered
characters or converted characters have
already been conrmed, this executes the
function (Go, line feed, search, Next, Done)
of the text box in which the characters were
entered.
i Shift key
When entering letters, tap to switch to
capital letters.
: Small letters
: Only capital letter with the rst letter
: All capital letter
j Punctuation mark key
Input punctuation marks. Touch and hold
down to display a list of symbols.
55
Conrmation and Settings before Using
● On-screen 10key keyboard (arrow key mode
selected)
a Close
Switch to the on-screen keyboard that has
been displayed before the arrow key mode
was displayed.
b Arrow (up, down, right or left) key
Move the cursor to up, down, right or left.
c Copy key
Copy the selected text.
d Delete key
Deletes the character to the left of the
cursor's position. Touch and hold down this
to delete the characters continuously.
e Select/Deselect key
Selects a target. You can change the area
with arrow key.
With deselect key, you can deselect the
selected area.
f Quick cursor key
Move the cursor to the beginning or end of
sentences.
g Space key
Enter a space.
h Cut key
Cut the selected characters.
i Go/Line feed/Search/Next/Done key
Execute the functions (Go, line feed, search,
Next, Done) of the input text box.
j Paste key
Paste the copied/cut text.
● Handwriting input keyboard
a Handwriting area
is displayed under the characters when
writing characters. Tap to display a list
of recognition candidate and you can modify
the character.
56
Conrmation and Settings before Using
b Menu key
Select Input mode (character type) and
Handwriting input eld (handwriting
methods). Touch and hold down to set the
advanced settings of handwriting.
Set execute mode to to display two input
elds of handwriting. Enter one character
after the other alternately.
c Symbol key
Displays a list of pictographs, symbols,
emoticons and pictogram-D list.
d Keyboard type key/clip board key/setting
key
• Switch to software keyboard displayed
prior to handwriting input keyboard.
• Touch and hold down to display clipboard
key and setting key.
e Space key
Enter half space.
f Left cursor/Right cursor
Move cursor position. Touch and hold down
left cursor key to switch to arrow key mode.
g OK/line feed key
Conrms the entered characters or
converted characters. If the entered
characters or converted characters have
already been conrmed, this executes the
function (line feed) of the text box in which
the characters were entered.
h Delete key
Deletes the character to the left of the
cursor's position. Touch and hold down this
to delete the characters continuously.
When you are writing characters in
handwriting input eld, you can delete all the
characters, one character or a line within the
eld.
Note
• The key display varies depending on the
entry screen or character mode.
• When you no longer need the keyboard,
you can close it by tapping . To
display it again, tap the text box on the
screen.
57
Conrmation and Settings before Using
There are 7 character input modes. You can
conrm the current mode in the status bar.
Hiragana-Kanji
Full-width Katakana
Half-width Katakana
Full-width Alphabet
Half-width Alphabet
Full-width Numeric
Half-width Numeric
Flick input
Flick input makes it easier to input when using
10key keyboard.
a Tap the key where the text to input
is allocated
• Flick guide is displayed on the upper of
the key.
bDrag it toward the text to input
• Tap to input dull sound, semi-voiced
sound or lowercase.
58
Conrmation and Settings before Using
Switching the character mode
From character entry screen, each time you tap
the character mode switches in the order of
"Hiragana-Kanji" u "Half-width Alphabet" u "Half-
width Numeric".
Note
• In some character entry screens, certain
character modes may not be available or
selectable.
Entering Pictograph/Symbol/Emoticon/
Pictogram-D
Tap in a character entry screen to switch to
Pictograph/Symbol/Emoticon/Pictogram-D input
mode, and display the available pictographs on
the display.
Touch a tab to switch.
When tapping the "文字(character)" , the
software keyboard before inputting symbols or
emoticons is displayed.
Changing character entry settings
Touch and hold down on a character entry
screen and tap to display "LG Japanese
keyboard" menu. Tap "Keyboard Settings" to
change the character entry settings.
COMMON SETTINGS
Keyboard
type
Set the keyboard type to
be used for each screen
orientation and input mode.
Candidate Set the learning of input
phrases, the correction of
inputting mistakes, and word
prediction.
Auto
capitalization
Place a check mark to
capitalize the rst letter
automatically when inputting
English letters in applications
supported input function.
Auto
punctuation
When alphabetical characters
are input, a period is inserted
when the space key is double
tapped.
59
Conrmation and Settings before Using
Touch
feedback
When inputting characters,
set key popup, sound and
vibration, etc.
Voice typing
key
Set if use voice input or not.
Handwriting Set handwriting settings.
Emoji Quick Set whether Pictograph quick
is displayed on the keyboard,
and set the display position.
Fullscreen
mode
Set to display character input
eld when in landscape view
display or not.
Some applications may not
perform properly due to the
restrictions.
ADVANCED SETTINGS
Keyboard
theme
Change the keyboard images.
Tap to download themes
from SmartWorld.
Split
keyboard
Set to display keyboard in
two separate elds or not in
landscape view.
One-handed
operation
Set if use arrow button to
adjust keyboard position or
not.
Turn Emoji Quick o󰮏 to use
one-handed operation.
JAPANESE KEYBOARD
10key
keyboard
Set 10key keyboard settings.
KOREAN KEYBOARD
Korean
Keyboard
If you place a check mark,
Korean language input is
enabled.
EXTERNAL APPLICATION
Input
Extension
plug-in
Set to use Input Extension
plug-in or not.
• To use Input Extension
plug-in, download
"WnnDictionary" (search in
dictionary)/"WnnBrowser"
(connect to URL)/
"WnnSearch" (search
inside website). For details
about download, refer to
"Download" (P286).
60
Conrmation and Settings before Using
DICTIONARY
User
dictionary
Edit words in personal
dictionary.
Tap "Get dictionary" to
download a dictionary from
SmartWorld.
Clear
learning
dictionary
Delete all learning
dictionaries.
RESET DEFAULT
Reset to
default
Reset character input
settings.
ABOUT IME
Help Displays Help of LG keyboard.
In Help, you can conrm
descriptions of function key
usage, Split keyboard and
One-handed operation mode.
LG Keyboard
version
Detailed information on LG
keyboards is displayed.
Initial Settings
First-time Settings When the
Power is Turned On
When the power is rst turned ON, you need
to set the language and date for this terminal.
Once you set those settings, there is no need
to set them the next time when the power is
turned ON. You can also change these settings
later.
• Procedures di󰮏er depending on the
connection with network and settings.
a Tap "Next" on "Welcome" screen
• Tap "日本語 ( 日本 ) (Japanese (Japan))" to
change language.
bFrom the "Set front touch button"
screen, select front touch buttons
layout u "Next"
61
Conrmation and Settings before Using
cPlace/remove a check mark in
"Mobile Network"/"Wi-Fi" on the
"Set internet connection" screen u
"Next"
• Place a check mark in "Wi-Fi" and set Wi-
Fi network items.
• After removing the check mark in "Mobile
Network" and "Wi-Fi", conrm "Warning"
screen and tap "OK".
dFrom the "Got Google?" screen, tap
"Yes"/"No" u follow the on-screen
instructions to set the settings till
"Google & location" screen u
• If you have not set Google account, set
"First"/"Last" on "This device belongs to..."
screen u tap .
eOn the "Battery saver" screen, to
use "Battery saver", place a check
mark in "Use Battery saver" u
"Next"
fFrom the "Explore something new"
screen, "Done"
• When changing the name of this terminal,
edit in "Set your phone name" eld.
g
On the "Software update" screen,
tap "OK"
hOn the "docomo service initial
settings" screen, tap "Next"
iOn the "Install all apps" screen, tap
"Install now"/"Install later" u "Next"
j
On the "Use Osaifu-Keitai" screen,
tap "Set"/"Not set" u "Next"
k
On the "docomo apps password
settings" screen, tap "Set" u input
a docomo apps password u "OK" u
input a new docomo apps password
u "OK" u input the new docomo
apps password again u "OK"
l
On the "Location providing
setting" screen, tap "Location
providing ON"/"Location providing
OFF"/"Unknown blocking" u "Next"
m
On the "Complete setting" screen,
tap "OK"
62
Conrmation and Settings before Using
Conguring Wi-Fi Settings
This terminal connects to the Internet via
access points for Wi-Fi networks or public
wireless LAN services. To connect, you must
congure the access point connection settings
on this terminal.
■ Reception interference caused by Bluetooth
devices
• As wireless LAN (IEEE802.11 b/g/n) and
Bluetooth device use the same frequency
(2.4 GHz), reception interference may
occur or the communications speed may
lower. Also, you may hear noise or have a
connection problem. In these cases, do the
following:
- Keep the wireless LAN device over 10 m
away from the Bluetooth device.
- Within 10 m, turn o󰮏 the Bluetooth
device.
Note
• Packet communication can be connected,
even when Wi-Fi function is ON. However,
while Wi-Fi is available, Wi-Fi is prioritized.
When the Wi-Fi network is disconnected,
this terminal automatically connects to
the LTE/3G/GSM network. Note that if
you keep connecting via the LTE/3G/
GSM network, you may incur packet
communication charges.
• You can reduce battery consumption by
turning OFF Wi-Fi when you are not using it.
Connecting to a Wi-Fi network
a From the Home screen, u
"Settings" u "Wi-Fi"
• The "Wi-Fi" screen is displayed.
• When "Wi-Fi tutorial" screen is displayed,
tap "Continue" to start a tutorial, or tap
"Close tutorial" to display "Wi-Fi" screen.
bTurn on "Wi-Fi"
63
Conrmation and Settings before Using
cTap the Wi-Fi network that you want
to connect to
• If you try to connect to a protected Wi-Fi
network, you will be prompted to enter the
security key for that Wi-Fi network. Tap
the "Password" box, enter the network
password and tap "Connect".
• Usually, when you enter a password,
the last character entered is displayed
and as many "・" as the number of
characters appear instead of previously
entered characters. All characters can be
displayed when you place a check mark in
"Show password".
• To connect to WPS supported access
point, from "Wi-Fi" screen, u "WPS
Push Button" u press WPS button on
access point side u "OK", or from "Wi-Fi"
screen, u "WPS PIN Entry" u enter
the displayed PIN in access point u "OK".
Note
• Open network and protected network are
two types networks that are available.
The network type is indicated by an
icon to the network name. represents
an open network and represents
a protected network. The icon also
indicates the signal strength.
Strong signal : Weak signal :
• To search Wi-Fi network again, tap
"Search" on the "Wi-Fi" screen.
• Network name is not displayed depending
on the settings for the access point even if
the network is connectable. If this happens,
you can still connect to the network. Refer
to "Adding a Wi-Fi network" (P65).
• When establishing a Wi-Fi network
connection, the required information is
generally obtained from a DHCP server
automatically. However, it is possible to
specify these items separately.
• If the docomo service is being used via
Wi-Fi when using Wi-Fi, "Wi-Fi option
password" needs to be set.
From the Home screen, u "Settings"
u "docomo service/cloud" u "Wi-Fi
settings for docomo apps" to set.
64
Conrmation and Settings before Using
Adding a Wi-Fi network
a From the Home screen, u
"Settings" u "Wi-Fi"
• The "Wi-Fi" screen is displayed.
bTurn on "Wi-Fi"
c u "Add network"
• The "Add network" menu is displayed.
dEnter the network SSID in the
"Network SSID" box
eTap "Security" box.
• Select the appropriate type from "None",
"WEP", "WPA/WPA2 PSK", and "802.1x
EAP".
• The setting method di󰮏ers depending on
the security settings.
f"Connect"
• The Wi-Fi network is added.
Changing the Wi-Fi network password
a From the Home screen, u
"Settings" u "Wi-Fi"
• The "Wi-Fi" screen is displayed.
bTouch and hold down the connected
Wi-Fi network name
• A menu is displayed.
c"Modify network"
• The network settings are displayed. Tap
the "Password" box and enter the new
password.
d"Save"
Disconnecting a Wi-Fi network
a From the Home screen, u
"Settings" u "Wi-Fi"
• The "Wi-Fi" screen is displayed.
bTouch and hold down the name
of Wi-Fi network that you want to
disconnect
• A menu is displayed.
c"Forget network"
• The Wi-Fi network is disconnected.
65
Conrmation and Settings before Using
Using Wi-Fi Direct
Devices support Wi-Fi Direct are connected
without using access point.
■ Asking for connecting with another Wi-Fi
Direct supported device
a From the Home screen, u
"Settings" u "Wi-Fi"
• The "Wi-Fi" screen is displayed.
bTurn on "Wi-Fi"
c"Wi-Fi Direct"
• Tap "Search" when the Wi-Fi Direct
supported device you want to connect is
not displayed.
dTap the detected Wi-Fi Direct
supported device
• Send a request to connect another
party's Wi-Fi Direct supported device.
■ Disconnecting with another Wi-Fi Direct
supported device
a Tap the connected Wi-Fi Direct
supported device u "OK"
■ Accepting request for connecting with
another Wi-Fi Direct supported device
a From the "Invitation to connect"
screen, "Accept"
Setting advanced Wi-Fi settings
a From the Home screen, u
"Settings" u "Wi-Fi"
• The "Wi-Fi" screen is displayed.
b u "Advanced Wi-Fi"
• A menu is displayed.
Network
notication*1
You will be automatically
notied when an open
network with no security
protection is detected.
Keep Wi-Fi on
during sleep
When screen is OFF,
disconnect Wi-Fi
connection and select
the timing to switch to
data communication
from "Always"/"Only when
plugged in"/"Keep Wi-Fi o󰮏
(due to data usage)".
66
Conrmation and Settings before Using
Wi-Fi signal
weak
Auto disconnect Wi-Fi
network with weak signal.
Internet
unavailable
Auto disconnect Wi-Fi
network when unable to
connect access point.
Wi-Fi
optimization
When Wi-Fi is set to
ON, battery use rate is
optimized.
MAC address*1 MAC address is displayed.
IP address*2 IP address is displayed.
*1 When "Wi-Fi" is set to ON beforehand.
*2 When Wi-Fi network is connected
beforehand.
Setting Online Service
Accounts
You can update your status on Google and
other online services once you have set up
your online service account on this terminal.
You can also congure this terminal to
automatically sync updates from the online
service.
You can also delete unnecessary accounts.
Adding online service account
a From the Home screen, u
"Settings" u "Accounts & sync"
• The "Accounts & sync" screen is
displayed.
b"Add account"
• The "Add account" screen is displayed.
c
Tap the online service that you want
to set an account
• Follow the on-screen instructions and
enter your login details.
• When you have nished adding the
account, the added online service is
displayed in the "Accounts & sync"
screen.
67
Conrmation and Settings before Using
Note
• The application automatically synchronizes
data if "Auto-sync data" is turned ON.
Packet communication fee may be charged
when operating the above operations. Also
it consumes more battery than when "Auto-
sync data" is turned o󰮏.
Manually synchronizing online service
data
a From the Home screen, u
"Settings" u "Account & sync"
• The "Accounts & sync" screen is
displayed.
bTap the account type to synchronize
cTap the name of the account to
synchronize with
• A list of online service's synchronized
data is displayed.
dTap the data you want to synchronize
• The data with a check mark is synchronized.
Deleting an online service account
a From the Home screen, u
"Settings" u "Accounts & sync"
• The "Accounts & sync" screen is
displayed.
bTap the account type to delete
cTap the name of the account to
delete
d u "Remove account" u "OK"
• The selected account is deleted.
Note
• docomo account cannot be added or
deleted.
68
Conrmation and Settings before Using
LED Notication Light
About LED Notication Light
This terminal noties you of its status via the
lighting up or blinking LED notication light.
Operations of LED notication light is shown
below.
■ Front side LED
• Blinking green color: Incoming call
• Lighting up blue color: NFC/Osaifu-Keitai in
use
• Blinking blue color: GPS notication
• Blinking aqua color: Missed call/SMS/Email/
Calendar notication*
• Blinking red color: Area Mail notication
• Blinking rainbow color: Alarm notication
• Lighting up red color: Charging
• Lights up green color: Charging is nished
* Light e󰮏ect di󰮏ers depending the settings.
■ Back side LED
• Blinking white color: Incoming call/alarm
notication
• Lighting up white color: Answering/making a
call
Note
• When NFC/Osaifu-Keitai is in use, tone
changes repeatedly during lighting up.
• When charging battery, tone changes
while lighting up.
• When answering/making a call, tone
changes while lighting up.
• The lighting up while charging or nishing
charging operates regardless of whether
this terminal is powered on or o󰮏.
• When receiving a notication while
charging or nishing charging, notication
blinking is prior.
69
Conrmation and Settings before Using
Setting LED Notication Light
a From the Home screen,
u "Settings" u "Display" u
"Notication LED"
bTurning on "Notication LED"
cPlace a check mark in features to
get notication
Note
• The Area Mail notication setting cannot
be changed.
Screen Display/Icons
Status Bar
The status bar is displayed at the top of the
screen. This terminal status and notications
are displayed in the status bar. Notication
icons are displayed on the left side, and status
icons are displayed on the right side.
70
Conrmation and Settings before Using
Main status icons
Signal strength
No service
(white) Bluetooth Function ON
(aqua) Connected to Bluetooth device
Roaming available
Communicating through roaming
3G available
Communicating by 3G
LTE available
Communicating by LTE
FOMA HIGH-SPEED available
Communicating by FOMA HIGH-
SPEED
Connected to Wi-Fi
Communicating via Wi-Fi
Remaining battery level
The battery needs to be charged
(blink) The battery is empty
Charging battery
Airplane mode activated
docomo mini UIM card locked
or docomo mini UIM card not
inserted
Silent mode (no vibration)
Vibrate only
Alarm is set
Synchronizing data
(blue)
NFC/Osaifu-Keitai lock is set on
both this terminal and docomo
mini UIM card
(blue)
NFC/Osaifu-Keitai lock is set on
this terminal or on the docomo
mini UIM card
(red) Omakase Lock is set on both this
terminal and docomo mini UIM card
(red)
Omakase Lock is set on this
terminal or on the docomo mini
UIM card
71
Conrmation and Settings before Using
Main notication icons
New Gmail
New Email
New SMS
New Area Mail
Problem with an SMS
New Hangouts message
Calling video Hangouts/
Invitation/Screen chatting
Incoming call, making a call *,
answering a call *
Missed call
Phone memo
New voicemail message
New alarm notication
Upcoming calendar event
Playing music via music application
Music is being played via a
media player
Discovered Open Network (Wi-Fi)
Connecting with USB
Charging completed
The battery is charging slowly
Free space on the memory of
this terminal is getting low
Data Upload completed
Data download completed
Problem with login
Available to update
Application installation nished
Viewing 1Seg
Notication from docomo LIVE
UX
More notications
GPS is positioning (blink)
72
Conrmation and Settings before Using
Connected to a VPN
Wi-Fi tethering available
USB tethering available
Bluetooth tethering available
Wi-Fi Direct is connected
Face is recognized via Smart
screen (backlight is lit up)
The application provided by LG
Electronics Inc. needs to update
VuTalk notication
(aqua) Battery saver is on
(grey) Battery saver is activated
Wireless storage function is ON
During Omakase Lock
* Displays when changing to another screen
such as Home screen
Note
• is displayed when the terminal is
charged with a PC instead of the AC
adapter (optional).
• is displayed, the battery charge speed
is slower than the speed when charging
with AC adapter (optional).
• is displayed when the internal storage
runs out of space.
• is displayed, you may not be able
to install an application even after
downloading it.
Make enough free space and install the
application again.
73
Conrmation and Settings before Using
Notication Panel
Notication icons are displayed in the
notication panel. You can open messages,
reminders, or event notications, directly from
the notication panel.
Opening notication panel
a Drag or swipe the status bar
downwards
• The notication panel is displayed. Icons
are displayed at the top of the notication
panel. Icons are blue when they are on,
and white when they are o󰮏.
• The types of icons at the top of the
notication panel can be changed in
the "Edit quick settings" screen which is
displayed by tapping "Edit". (P76)
74
Conrmation and Settings before Using
a Quick setting icon eld
Drag to right and left to display the non
displayed icon.
QMemo is activated.
Switch to display/hide QSlide
application.
QRemote is activated.
Switch Sound & Vibrate/Vibrate only/
Silent.
Touch and hold down to display the
"Sound" screen.
Switch Battery saver ON/OFF
Touch and hold down to display the
"Battery saver" screen.
Switch Wi-Fi tethering between on and
o󰮏.
Touch and hold down to display the
"Tethering" screen.
Switch automatic rotation of screen
between on and o󰮏.
Touch and hold down to display the
"Display" screen.
Switch Wi-Fi between on and o󰮏.
Touch and hold down to display the "Wi-
Fi" screen.
Switch Bluetooth between on and o󰮏.
Touch and hold down to display the
"Bluetooth" screen.
Switch GPS between on and o󰮏.
Touch and hold down to display the
"Location access" screen.
Set backlight time duration.
Touch and hold down to display the
"Display" screen.
Switch wireless function ON/OFF.
Touch and hold down to display the
"Wireless storage" screen.
Switch LED notication display ON/
OFF.
Touch and hold down to display the
"Notication LED" screen.
The "Edit quick settings" is displayed.
b QSlide App Field
Tap and activate QSlide app (Videos,
Internet, Messaging, Calendar, Email, File
Manager, Calculator).
c Screen Brightness Adjustment Field
Adjust the screen brightness.
• If place a check mark in "Auto", the screen
brightness is automatically adjusted. The
basic brightness can be set with the slide
bar.
75
Conrmation and Settings before Using
d Incoming call volume adjust eld
• Adjust volume of an incoming call.
• Tap to open volume setting window.
e Date
Display date.
f Notication information
Display details of notication information.
g Telecommunications carrier name/UIM carrier
name
On the left, the name of currently connected
telecommunication carrier is displayed;
on the right, the carrier's name read from
docomo mini UIM card is displayed.
h Scroll bar
Drag or swipe to top to close the notication
panel.
i Delete notication
Delete notication information and icons.
Some notication cannot be deleted.
j Setting button
The "Settings" screen is displayed.
Viewing notication details
a Tap the notication information on
the notication panel
• The notication details are displayed in
the appropriate application.
Closing the notication panel
a Drag or swipe the scroll bar upwards
Note
• Tap to close notication panel.
Sorting quick setting icons
a Tap "Edit" in the quick setting icon
eld
• The "Edit quick settings" is displayed.
bDrag the items you want to sort
Customizing quick settings
a Tap "Edit" in the quick setting icon
eld
• The "Edit quick settings" is displayed.
bPlace a check mark in the item to
display
76
Conrmation and Settings before Using
Customizing icons
You can change the icon design such as
shortcut to use on the Home screen.
Note
• From the Home screen, u "Settings"
u "Home screen" u "Select Home" u
usable only when "Home" is selected. You
cannot customize icon when using the
docomo LIVE UX.
Changing home application icon
a From the Home screen, touch and
hold down a shortcut icon
• is displayed at the upper right of the
icon.
bTap the shortcut icon again
• Selecting icon screen is displayed.
cSelect "1x1"/"2x2"
dTap your favorite icon u "OK"
Changing to photo icon
You can use a photo from camera and gallery
as icon on the Home screen.
a From the Home screen, touch and
hold down a shortcut icon
• is displayed at the upper right of the
icon.
bTap the shortcut icon again
• Selecting icon screen is displayed.
c"Photo icon" u "Add new" u drag the
box to set icon size u "OK"
• Gallery is activated.
dFrom Gallery, select a picture you
want to set up u adjust its size u
"OK"
77
Conrmation and Settings before Using
Task Manager
Conrm/end the running application.
a Touch and hold down u "Task
Manager"
• Tap "Stop all" to end all applications being
activated.
• Tap "Stop" of a certain application to end
that application.
Switching Home
Application
a From the Home screen, u
"Settings" u "Home screen" u
"Select Home" u "Home"
• To set it back, tap on the Home
screen u "Home screen settings" u
"Select Home" u "docomo LIVE UX"
78
Conrmation and Settings before Using
docomo LIVE UX
Viewing Home Screen
You can add widgets and activate applications
on the Home screen.
a Widget
b Machi-Chara
c Application
d Location of current Home screen
e Dock
• Apps: Displays application screen.
• MyMagazine*: It is a search service
displays articles of the genres you choose
to check out. It helps set search words
based on both the articles you read and
your prole information to make it closer to
your favorites.
* This service becomes available with the
upcoming update.
79
docomo LIVE UX
Home Screen Management
Operations on Home Screen
a From the Home screen,
Search Search an application or a
website within this terminal.
Kisekae Select a background or
design for icons.
Machi-Chara
display setting
Set if display Machi-Chara
and set the operation
settings.
• Touch and hold down the
Machi-Chara on the Home
screen to set settings.
Apps layout
setting
Select a location from
"Home screen" and "Apps
list" to place installed
applications.
Settings Display "Settings" screen.
(P194)
Help Display docomo LIVE UX
operation guide.
About Display version information
of docomo LIVE UX. Also
check Open source license
and updates.
Adding to Home Screen
You can customize your own Home screen.
a From the Home screen, touch
and hold down an area with no
application icon or widget
• The "Select an action" menu is displayed.
Show apps Display application list.
Touch and hold down an
application you want to add
to the Home screen and
drag it to the bottom part
of the screen to locate it on
the Home screen.
Show widgets Display widget list. Touch
and hold down a widget you
want to add to the Home
screen to locate it on the
Home screen.
Create folder Create a folder.
80
docomo LIVE UX
Change
Kisekae
Select a background and
design for icons.
Change
wallpaper
Display wallpaper list. Set
wallpaper either by tapping
a wallpaper or touching and
holding down a wallpaper
and locating it on the Home
screen.
Machi-Chara
display setting
Set if display Machi-Chara
and the operation settings.
• Touch and hold down
the Machi-Chara on the
Home screen to set the
settings.
Home screens Display Home screen list.
You can move/add/delete a
screen.
Moving an Application
a From the Home screen, touch and
hold down an application icon or a
widget to move
bDrag it to a desired location and
release your nger
• The application icon or widget is moved.
Note
• You can drag an icon rightward or
leftward to the edge of the screen to
move it to another screen.
81
docomo LIVE UX
Place an Application Back from
Home screen to Application Screen
a From the Home screen, touch and
hold down an application you want
to place back to application screen
bDrag it to "Back to apps list" and
release your nger
• The application is moved from the Home
screen to application list.
Deleting a Widget, etc. from
Home Screen
a From the Home screen, touch and
hold down a widget to delete
bDrag it to "Remove from Home
screen" and release your nger
• The widget is deleted from the Home
screen.
Uninstalling an Application or
Widget
a From the Home screen, touch and
hold down an application icon or
widget to uninstall
bDrag it to "Uninstall" and release
your nger
• The "Uninstall application" screen is
displayed.
c"OK"
• The application is deleted.
Note
• For applications and widgets that cannot
be uninstalled, drag it to "Disable app" at
the above step 2 and release your nger.
From "App info" screen, tap "Disable" u
"OK" to disable the application.
82
docomo LIVE UX
Changing Folder Name
a From the Home screen, tap a folder
to change its name
• The folder window opens.
bTap the folder name
cEnter a new folder name and tap
"Done" u tap the screen
• The folder name is changed.
Changing Kisekae
Change the wallpaper and the icons of the
Home screen to change the entire appearance.
a From the Home screen, touch
and hold down an area with no
application icon or widget
• The "Select an action" menu is displayed.
• From the Home screen, tap u
"Kisekae" to set the same setting.
• From the Home screen, tap "Apps" u
u "Kisekae" to set the same setting.
b"Change Kisekae" u select a design
u "Set"
• You can tap "Search on the web" to nd
your favorite design from a website and
set it as your Kisekae.
Changing Wallpaper
a From the Home screen, touch
and hold down an area with no
application icon or widget
• The "Select an action" menu is displayed.
b"Change wallpaper"
• Wallpaper list is displayed.
cTap a wallpaper
• "Set wallpaper" screen is displayed.
• Touch and hold down a wallpaper u drag
it to the Home screen to display "Set
wallpaper" screen.
• Tap "See more wallpapers" to open
"Select wallpaper" screen. You can
choose a wallpaper from "Gallery"/"Live
Wallpapers"/"Multi-photo"/"Seasonal
wallpaper"/"Wallpaper gallery".
d"For all screens"/"Just for this
screen" u "OK"
83
docomo LIVE UX
Note
• When tapping "Gallery", select a picture
to use as your wallpaper. Drag it to
adjust the part you want to display and
tap "Crop" u "Yes" u from "Set wallpaper"
screen, "For all screens"/"Just for this
screen" u "OK" to set up the wallpaper.
From the "Set wallpaper" screen, tap
"Adjust position" to adjust position.
• When tapping "Multi-photo", tap "+" mark
and select a picture to use as your
wallpaper. Drag the wallpaper to adjust
the part you want to use as the wallpaper
and tap "OK" u repeat up to 7 times u
"Apply" to set up wallpaper.
• When tapping "Live Wallpapers", live
wallpaper list is displayed. Tap a live
wallpaper and tap "Apply". Flick the
wallpaper to change the view angle.
Adding a Home Screen
You can add Home screens.
a From the Home screen, touch
and hold down an area with no
application icon or widget
• The "Select an action" menu is displayed.
b"Home screens"
• The "Home screens" screen is displayed.
cTap a "+" mark (Add Home screen)
• "+" (Add Home screen) only appears when
it is available to add a screen.
• You can create up to 7 Home screens.
84
docomo LIVE UX
Sorting Home Screens
You can sort the scroll order for Home
screens.
a From the Home screen, touch
and hold down an area with no
application icon or widget
• The "Select an action" menu is displayed.
b"Home screens"
• The "Home screens" screen is displayed.
cTouch and hold down a thumbnail of Home
screen and drag it to a desired location
Deleting Home Screen
a From the Home screen, touch
and hold down an area with no
application icon or widget
• The "Select an action" menu is displayed.
b"Home screens"
• The "Home screens" screen is displayed.
cTap displayed on the upper right
of each Home screen thumbnail
• When "Delete Home screen" is displayed,
tap "Delete".
Viewing Application Screen
a From the Home screen, "Apps"
• Drag or swipe the Home screen downward
to display application list.
85
docomo LIVE UX
a "Apps" tab
Among the pre-installed applications,
those that are not on the Home screen are
displayed here. Select an application to
activate.
b "Widgets" tab
c "Wallpapers" tab
d "Recommends" button
e List screen
f Application/widget/wallpaper
g Home screen eld
Application List
Some applications require a separate
subscription (charge).
Home screen
Phone Use a phone. (P98)
spモードメー
ル
(sp-mode
mail)
Send and receive emails
through a docomo email
address (@docomo.
ne.jp). Pictograms and
Deco-mail are usable. It
supports auto reception.
(P120)
Internet Browse web pages.
(P130)
dmenu This is a shortcut
application to "dmenu".
In dmenu, you can easily
nd fun and convenient
contents only for smart
phones including those
used in i-mode. (P136)
86
docomo LIVE UX
dmarket
This application activates
dmarket. Not only can
you purchase music,
movies and books, but
also get introductions of
applications on Google
Play. (P136)
Play Store Access to applications
and games directly via
Google Play to download
and install to this
terminal. (P137)
Camera Take still images
(photos) or shoot videos.
(P156)
File
Manager
Search, edit or delete
the data inside internal
storage, microSD card or
cloud storage. (P232)
Life Square Collect and save
your daily life events.
(P189)
Notebook Use pictures, images,
maps or stickers to
make your special note.
(P189)
"Apps" tab on application screen
sugotoku
contents
This is a shortcut
application to "sugotoku
contents". sugotoku
contents provides you
with not only classic and
popular contents, but
also a eclectic contents
such as weather, new,
etc.
データ保管
BOX (data
storage box)
This application is for
using "データ保管BOX
(data storage box)". You
can upload necessary
les and manage them
easily through cloud.
Anshin Scan This application enables
you to use your smart
phone safely with
functions such as virus
detection, conrmation
support for applications
using personal data,
reminder before
accessing to dangerous
website.
87
docomo LIVE UX
ｉチャネル
(i-channel)
The latest information
from nine genres
including weather,
news, entertainment,
sports, fortune-telling,
etc. is displayed on the
standby screen.
ｉコンシェル
(i-concier)
This application is for
using i-concier. i-concier
is a service supports
your life as "butler" or
"concierge" via a mobile
device.
しゃべって
コンシェル
(Shabette-
concier)
When you speak to this
terminal such as "what
you want to know" or
"what you want to do",
this application reads
your words and shows
you the best suited
answer.
ドコモバック
アップ
(docomo
backup)
Available to use "ケータ
イデータお預かりサービス
(Data Security Service)",
"電話帳バックアップ
(Phonebook backup)" or
"SDカードバックアップ(SD
card backup)". Backup
and restore data such as
phonebook. For details
about docomo backup
(Save to microSD card)
refer to P186.
docomo
Wi-Fi Easy
Connection
Easily use docomo
Wi-Fi provided by
docomo public wireless
LAN service via this
application. Connect Wi-
Fi automatically within
a Wi-Fi area. It also
detects Wi-Fi areas.
docomo
phonebook
Use phonebook. (P110)
Gmail Send and receive
Google account emails.
(P127)
88
docomo LIVE UX
Email
Send or receive emails
the same way as PC
does. (
P122
)
Messaging Send or receive SMS.
(P120)
Hangouts
Chat (through typing
messages) or video chat
(through video camera)
with friends who have
Google account. (P134)
Google+ Share information with
registered users only.
Messenger Quickly exchange
messages within the
circle.
Chrome Browse web pages.
Google Search for docomo
phonebook, application,
web page, etc. inside
this terminal.
Voice
Search
Search by voice without
typing.
Downloads
Check, display or playback
the downloaded data.
Disaster kit
Check received messages
from Early Warning "Area
Mail" and set its settings,
register and check
messages on Disaster
Message Board. (P128)
Instruction
Manual
Instruction manual for this
terminal. You can activate
a desired function directly
from the description.
Settings
Set item settings. (P194)
Google
Settings
Set Google settings.
遠隔サポート
(Remote
support)
Use "スマートフォンあんし
ん遠隔サポート(Smartphone
safe remote support)" with
this application. Sta󰮏 from
call center supports your
operations by conrming
the screen of your terminal
remotely. (P273)
フォトコレク
ション
(Photo
collection)
Use photo collection
with this application.
You can storage photos
and videos for free.
89
docomo LIVE UX
Gallery View still images
(photos) and videos.
(P162)
TV Watch TV (1Seg).
(P146)
Media
Player
Play music and videos.
(P165)
YouTube Play YouTube videos,
and upload the videos
you shoot to YouTube.
Play Movies
& TV
Rent and watch movies
via Play Movies, and
manage the videos shot
personally.
Videos Playback videos stored
in the internal storage or
SD card.
Video Editor Use style to easily make
videos.
Music Sort music les by
album or artist.
Play Books You can buy books
and read them on Play
Books.
Play Games You can play many
games with this
application.
Twitter It is an o󰮐cial Twitter
client application.
You can publish short
messages on website
and communicate with
other people.
Memo Create and manage
your memos. It supports
i-concier service.
Schedule Create and manage your
schedule. It supports
i-concier service.
Calendar View calendar and
manage your schedule.
(P181)
Alarm/Clock Set alarm, timer and
world clock. Also use
stopwatch. (P178)
Calculator Four arithmetic
operations are available.
(P184)
90
docomo LIVE UX
IC Tag/
Barcode
reader
Read IC tag and
barcode.
Maps View current location,
search places or routes.
(P176)
Navigation Search routes to your
destination. (P177)
Local Easily search the
nearest restaurant, cafe,
Japanese style bar
or convenient store.
(P178)
Dictionary Use Obunsha ENG-JPN,
Obunsha JPN-ENG, New
Ace JPN-KOR and New
Ace KOR-JPN.
POLARIS
O󰮐ce 5
Read and edit di󰮏erent
document formats.
(
P185
)
QRemote Use this terminal as
a remote control of
television, air conditioner,
projector, audio device,
etc. (P51)
SmartWorld Use video contents such
as applications, dramas
and variety shows.
(P184)
Osaifu-Keitai Set Osaifu-Keitai
settings. (P139)
iDアプリ
(iD appli)
Set e-money iD settings.
ToruCa You can acquire, display,
search and update
ToruCa here. (P144)
Note
• This application list is preinstalled in this
terminal at the time of purchase.
Some of them can be uninstalled. From
"Play Store" (P137) you can download
the application once was uninstalled.
• Once the software is updated, application
contents and icon positions may change.
• Some of the applications may not show
its full name below the icon.
91
docomo LIVE UX
Widget List
Google Play
Books
Browse books
purchased on
Google Play.
Bookmarks Displays bookmarks
on Chrome.
Phonebook Place contacts on
the Home screen
to allow making
calls and sending
messages.
Gmail Displays part of
Gmail inbox.
Play Store Displays
recommended
applications.
Play - My
Library
Displays applications,
books and movies
purchased on Google
Play.
Play
Recommendations
Displays the
recommended
contents information
of Google Play.
Google+ posts Uploads photos,
etc. to Google+.
Memo Pastes memos on
the Home screen.
Schedule &
Memo
Displays calendar
to conrm schedule
or make memos.
Phonebook
Select
members
Displays recent
calls from contacts
saved on "docomo
phonebook"
application provided
by docomo.
Google Search Displays quick
search.
Google Now
Displays information
such as current
place weather, tra󰮐c
condition and route
from current location
to destination.
92
docomo LIVE UX
YouTube Displays
recommended
videos.
docomo
location
information
Set services
which use location
information.
カテゴリナビ（4
×1）
(category
navigation
(4X1))
Access to category
navigation to
search by category
such as gourmet,
shopping and so on.
Contents
Headline
Displays
recommended
music, movies,
digital books, etc.
in dmarket.
Twitter (large) Displays timeline
on Twitter.
Twitter (small)
診断ツール
アプリ
(diagnostic tool
application)
Activate 診断ツール
(diagnostic tool).
ｉチャネルウィ
ジェット
(i channel
widget)
Displays
information such as
weather, news.
docomo Wi-
Fi Easy
Connections
Detects docomo
Wi-Fi area.
Book Displays digital
books downloaded
from Play Books.
Bookmark
Displays a shortcut
of bookmarks on
browser.
docomo
phonebook
Displays a shortcut
of contacts
saved on docomo
phonebook.
Call directly Make a call to
contacts saved on
docomo phonebook.
Send
message
directly
Send messages to
contacts saved on
docomo phonebook.
93
docomo LIVE UX
Directions Displays a route
to your destination
using Maps.
Gmail label Displays a shortcut
of Gmail label.
Select email
account
Displays a specic
Email account.
Music
(playlist)
Displays a shortcut
of playlist added on
music application.
Settings
shortcut
Displays a shortcut
of the categories
on Settings.
カテゴリナビ
（1×1）
(category
navigation
(1X1))
Displays a shortcut
to access to
category navigation
to search by
category such as
gourmet, shopping
and so on.
POLARIS
O󰮐ce 5
Displays a shortcut
of the le used on
POLARIS O󰮐ce.
Note
• Depending on widgets, it may not be able
to locate on "docomo LIVE UX".
94
docomo LIVE UX
Application Management
Settings on the Application
Screen
a From the Home screen, "Apps" u
• The same menu is displayed as on the
Home screen. (P80)
Moving an Application to
Home Screen
a From the Home screen, "Apps"
bTouch and hold down an application
icon to move to the Home screen
cDrag it to the Home screen eld and
release your nger
• The application is moved to the Home
screen.
Uninstalling an Application
a From the Home screen, "Apps"
bTouch and hold down an application
icon to uninstall
cDrag it to "Uninstall" and release
your nger
• The "Uninstall application" screen is
displayed.
d"OK"
• The application is deleted.
Note
• For applications and widgets that cannot
be uninstalled, drag it to "Disable app" at
the above step 3 and release your nger.
From "App info" screen, tap "Disable" u
"OK" to disable the application.
95
docomo LIVE UX
Moving an Application
a From the Home screen, "Apps"
bTouch and hold down an application
icon to move
cDrag it to a desired location and
release your nger
• The application is moved.
Note
• You can drag an icon rightward or
leftward to the edge of the screen to
move it to another screen.
Installing an Application
from "Recommends"
a From the Home screen, "Apps"
b"Recommends" button
• When activating for the rst time,
tap "おすすめアプリを見る(See more
applications)".
cTap an application to install
• Follow the on-screen instructions and
install the application.
Note
• Applications recommended by DOCOMO
are displayed on "Recommends" screen.
• Tap an application icon and move to the
downloading screen.
• Tap "おすすめアプリをすべて見る (See
all recommended applications)" on
"Recommends" screen to activate the
browser and display all the recommended
applications.
96
docomo LIVE UX
Home Application Information
You can read the operation guide of docomo
LIVE UX.
a From the Home screen, u
"Help"
• Operations about docomo LIVE UX are
displayed.
Version Information of Home
Application
a From the Home screen, u
"About"
• The application name, provider and
version are displayed.
• Tap "Open source license" to conrm
license information.
• Tap "Check for updates" to activate
dmarket and conrm the latest version.
97
docomo LIVE UX
Calling
Making a Call
a From the Home screen, "Phone" u
"Dial" tab
• "Dial" screen is displayed.
a Tab
"Recent calls" tab (P104)
"Favorites" tab
"Dial" tab: The dial screen is displayed.
•
On each tab, tap
u
"Set start-up screen"
to set up the current tab screen as the
start-up screen when tapping "Phone" from
the Home screen. (depending on the home
application, this operation may not available.)
• On "Dial" tab, tap u "Send SMS" to
display SMS input screen.
b Phone number entry eld
Display an input phone number.
c Dialpad
d Call button
e "Add Phonebook" button
Add an input phone number as a contact.
f Correction button
Clear the input text.
98
Calling
g "Koe-Taku" button
For details about Koe-no-Takuhaibin, please
visit DOCOMO website.
h "Phonebook" button
Display the phonebook. (P110)
bEnter a phone number u
cTap "End" to end a call
Entering a Pause
You can use this service when checking bank
balances, booking tickets, etc. Enter a phone
number and a menu number of a service
beforehand, the service number will be sent
after calling.
Adding a two seconds pause ","
Automatically dial a service number two-
second pause later after calling.
a From the Home screen, "Phone" u
"Dial" tab
• The "Dial" screen is displayed.
bEnter a phone number u u "Add
2-sec pause"
• A comma "," is displayed behind the phone
number.
cEnter a menu number of a desired
service u
• After two seconds, the push signal will be
sent automatically.
99
Calling
Adding a standby ";"
After calling, a message is displayed to conrm
the number you dialed of a desired service.
a From the Home screen, "Phone" u
"Dial" tab
• The "Dial" screen is displayed.
bEnter a phone number u u "Add
wait"
• A semicolon ";" is displayed behind the
phone number.
cEnter a menu number of a desired
service u
dWhen a conrmation message is
displayed, tap "Yes"
•
The push signal will be sent automatically.
Emergency call
Emergency call Phone number
Police 110
Fire department or
ambulance service
119
Japan Coast Guard 118
Note
•
This terminal supports "Location
notication of emergency call". When
dialing an emergency number such as
110, 119 or 118, information of the place
where you called (location information) is
automatically notied to the agency that
you called (e.g. a police station). Depending
on the location and the signal reception
when you called, the agency may not be
able to conrm your exact location. When
your location information is notied, the
agency name that you called is displayed
on the screen of this terminal. If you dial by
adding "184" in front of your number to hide
your caller ID, your location information and
phone number are not notied. However,
if the agency you called considers your
location information and phone number
necessary for important purposes such
as life saving, the agency can retrieve
them regardless of your mobile settings.
In addition, the introduction area and
introduction timing of "Location notication
of emergency call" vary depending on the
readiness of the agency you called.
100
Calling
• When you are making an emergency call
(110, 119 or 118) from this terminal, be
sure to notify that you are calling from a
mobile phone and give both your mobile
phone number and present location
clearly as the police or re department
may call you back for conrmation. Stay
where you are to ensure that your call will
not be cut o󰮏 during reporting.
After making an emergency call, do not
turn o󰮏 your mobile phone immediately.
Keep it powered on for about 10 minutes
so that it can receive an incoming call.
• Depending on the area where you make an
emergency call, it may not be connected
to the jurisdictional re department or
police station.
• In Japan, emergency calls of 110, 119
and 118 are not available to dial from PIN
code input screen or from the PUK input
screen if docomo mini UIM card is not
inserted. For details on PIN code, refer to
"Security code on this terminal" (P218).
• When making an emergency call with
"Reject unregistered call" (P109) turned
on, "Reject unregistered call" turns o󰮏
automatically.
Making an International Call
(WORLD CALL)
WORLD CALL is a service enables you to make
an international call in Japan via DOCOMO
terminals.
• Contact "General Inquiries" on the back cover
of this manual for detailed information about
WORLD CALL.
• "Using Overseas"→ P249
Calling a xed-line telephone
a From the Home screen, "Phone" u
"Dial" tab
• The "Dial" screen is displayed.
b"010" u country code u area code
u recipient's phone number, and tap
cTap "End" to end a call
101
Calling
Calling a mobile phone
a From the Home screen, "Phone" u
"Dial" tab
• The "Dial" screen is displayed.
b"010" u country code u recipient's
mobile phone number, and tap
cTap "End" to end a call
Note
• If a mobile phone number or an area code
of the other party begins with "0", remove
the rst "0". However, the rst "0" is
required when calling to some countries
or regions such as Italy.
• "+" (touch and hold down "0" to input "+")
and the former "009130-010" can also
be used to dial instead of "010".
• On "Dial" tab, enter a phone number
u u "International call" u select
a country u "WORLD CALL" to add
"009130-010" + country code.
Receiving a Call
a When there is an incoming call
• Tap u "On hold" to put a call on hold.
• You can press power key, volume key (up)
or volume key (down) during an incoming
call to stop the ringtone and vibration.
• Tap to answer via phone memo. If
you have set up a phone memo, without
tapping the phone memo will answer
your call after the time duration you set
beforehand.
b"Activate" u "Accept"
• Declining a call : "Activate" u "Reject"
• Rejecting a call : "Activate" u "Reject call
with SMS" u tap a message to send
cTap "End" to end a call
Note
• From the Home screen, tap "Phone" u
u "Call settings" u "Reject SMS" to
edit a reject SMS.
102
Calling
Operations during a Call
During a call, you can adjust volume, turn the
speaker ON/OFF, mute the microphone, or put a
call on hold depending on the usage conditions.
a Name, phone number and label
b Speaker icon
Adjust call volume.
• Displayed during handsfree call.
c End
End a call.
d Add call*1
Call another party.
e Hold*2
Put a call on hold.
f VuTalk
Activate a VuTalk. (P191)
Download "Contacts" application before
using VuTalk. For detailed information about
download, refer to "Downloading Update File"
(P286).
g Call duration
h Dialpad*2
Display dialpad and send push signal (DTMF
tone).
i Mute*2
You voice cannot be heard by the other
party.
j Speaker*2
You can hear the other party's voice through
speaker to talk hands-freely.
*1 Subscription is required for "Call waiting".
*2 Tap again to return to the previous state.
103
Calling
Adjusting Call Volume
During a call, you can adjust the voice volume
on the other end of the line.
a During a call, press volume key (up)
or volume key (down)
• The voice volume changes accordingly.
Call Log
You can conrm both incoming and outgoing
call logs (up to 50 call logs).
a From the Home screen, "Phone" u
"Recent calls" tab
a "Incoming" tab
Only displays incoming call logs.
104
Calling
b "All" tab
Displays all incoming and outgoing call logs.
c Name, phone number
Tap to display call screen.
• Tap the item on call screen to make a call,
send SMS, record Koe-no-Takuhaibin, add
Phonebook or display prole screen.
• Touch and hold down to edit number
before calling, delete call logs or conrm
location.
d Call log icons
: Outgoing call logs
: Incoming call logs
: Missed call logs
e "Outgoing" tab
Only displays outgoing call logs.
f Call status icons
: Record Koe-no-Takuhaibin
: Call icon without caller ID notication*
: Call icon with caller ID notication*
: International call logs
g Call icon
Tap to make a call.
h Phonebook
Tap to display Phonebook.
* It is displayed either when adding "186"
or "184" in front of a phone number before
calling, or when entering a phone number
from dial screen and set if notify the phone
number or not by tapping u "Caller ID
notication" u "Notify"/"Not notify".
Calling/Sending an SMS to a
Missed Call
When you have a missed call, you can check
the notication from status bar.
a If appears in the status bar, drag
or swipe the status bar downward
• Missed call notication appears on the
notication panel.
b"Missed call"/"Call"/"Send SMS"
• "Missed call": Recent calls are displayed.
• "Call": Make a call.
• "Send SMS": Message input screen is
displayed. Compose a message and tap
"Send" to send the message.
105
Calling
Deleting Call Log
You can delete any call log or all the call logs.
Deleting a call log
a From the Home screen, "Phone" u
"Recent calls" tab
• "Incoming" tab, "All" tab and "Outgoing"
tab are displayed.
bTouch and hold down a phone
number
• A menu is displayed.
c"Delete from call log" u "OK"
• The call log is deleted.
Deleting all the call logs
a From the Home screen, "Phone" u
"Recent calls" tab
bOn "All" tab, u "Delete all" u
"OK"
• On "Incoming" tab, u u "Delete all" u
"OK" to delete all the incoming logs.
• On "Outgoing" tab, u u "Delete all" u
"OK" to delete all the outgoing logs.
Phone Memo
When you cannot answer a call, playback a
reply message and record a phone memo.
a From the Home screen, "Phone" u
u "Call settings" u "Advanced
call settings"
b"Phone memo"
cPlace a check mark in "Phone
memo"
• "Answer time": Available to set from 0 to
120 seconds.
• "Reply message": Set a reply message
during an incoming call.
106
Calling
Note
• You can record a piece of phone memo
up to 60 seconds with total 20 pieces of
phone memo.
• To check the phone memo you recorded,
drag or swipe the status bar downward
with displayed on the status bar u
"Phone memo", or from the Home screen
tap "Phone" u u "Call settings" u
"Advanced call settings" u "Phone memo"
u "Play phone memo". Tap a phone
memo to playback and tap again to stop
playback.
• To delete the recorded phone memos,
from the Home screen tap "Phone" u
u "Call settings" u "Advanced call
settings" u "Phone memo" u "Play phone
memo" u u "Select all" or place a check
mark in a phone memo you want to delete
u "Delete".
Call Settings/Others
Set call settings.
a From the Home screen, "Phone" u
u "Call settings"
Network
service
Koe-no-
Takuhaibin
You can send a voice
message to the other
party, also conrm or
change settings.
Voice mail
service
Set to activate/
deactivate this service.
Call
forwarding
service
Set to activate/
deactivate this
service, or change
forwarding number.
Call
waiting
Set to activate/
deactivate this service,
or conrm settings.
Caller ID
notication
Set caller ID
notication or
conrm settings.
Nuisance
call
blocking
service
Register, delete or
conrm number of
registrations.
107
Calling
Network
service
Caller ID
display
request
service
Playback a guidance
to inform the caller
to show his phone
number, then end the
call automatically.
Second
call
settings
Set how to answer
another incoming call
from the third party
during a call.
Call
notication
A missed call is notied
by SMS when the
power is o󰮏, when you
are out of service or
when it is unavailable
to receive a call.
English
guidance
Guidance such as
voice guidance or
Network service
guidance is played
back in English.
Remote
operation
settings
Set remote operation
settings to operate
remotely from a
docomo mobile phone,
a xed line telephone
or an NTT pay phone.
Network
service
Public
mode
(power
OFF)
settings
This is an auto-reply
service emphasizes
on manners in a
highly public space.
If it is set to public
mode (power OFF),
when someone calls
you while the power is
turned o󰮏 or while it is
set to airplane mode,
the caller will hear a
guidance informs that
you can not answer
the call since you
are in a place where
power is required to
turn o󰮏 such as a
hospital, an airplane
or somewhere near
the priority seat on
the train.
• You can hear the
public mode (power
OFF) guidance even
when you are out
of the service area,
or in places with no
signal reception.
108
Calling
Roaming settings
Set roaming
settings. (P256)
Advanced
call
settings
Sub
address
settings
Set delimiter when
calling with a sub
address. "*" is a
separator for sub
address.
Prex
settings
Edit, add or delete
a prex.
Register an
international
number to add
before calling.
Reject
unregistered
call
Reject unregistered
incoming calls.
Phone
memo
Set phone memo.
(P106)
Sound &
Vibration
settings
Phone
ringtone
Set phone ringtone.
Sound &
Vibration
settings
Vibrate on
ring
Set to vibrate or not
with an incoming
call.
Dial pad
touch
tones
Set to turn on dial
pad touch tone or
not when tapping
dial pad.
Reject SMS Reject an incoming
call and edit reject
SMS message.
Open source
licenses
Open source
license is displayed.
Privacy keeper Set to hide caller
information or not
with an incoming
call.
Voice clarity Set to enhance
voice sound
quality in noisy
environment.
109
Calling
docomo phonebook
In docomo phonebook, add contact information
such as your phone numbers, email addresses,
web service accounts, etc.
■ Cloud service on Phonebook
Using Cloud service on Phonebook is required
for docomo phonebook application.
When docomo phonebook application is
activated from application list or phone
application for the rst time (including after
application reset), "Use of Cloud" screen is
displayed to start the use of Cloud.
Displaying Phonebook
Information registered on Phonebook is
displayed.
a From the Home screen, "Apps" u
"docomo phonebook"
• docomo phonebook is displayed.
110
Calling
a "Contacts" tab
Contact list screen is displayed.
b Contact list
Select an picture and tap a displayed icon
to make a call, create a mail or use the
services on the Internet.
Tap a contact to display "Prole" screen.
c Groups (P115)
Tap to select a group and display the
contacts in the selected group.
d Register (P112)
Add new contacts.
• If you have registered more than one
account, select one to add a new contact
to and complete the required items.
e "Communication" tab
Call logs, SMS logs, sp-mode mail and SNS
message* logs are displayed.
To delete communication history, u
"Delete displayed data" u "OK".
* Displays only after starting Cloud and
using "My SNS" function.
f "Timeline" tab
Timeline of SNS/blog is displayed through
"Friends NEWS" function and "My SNS"
function.
* Start of using Cloud is required to display.
g "My prole" tab (P116)
h Index list
i Index
Index list is displayed.
j Search
Enter a keyword to search a contact.
111
Calling
Adding New Contact
You can add new contacts.
a From the Home screen, "Apps" u
"docomo phonebook" u "Contacts"
tab
b"Register"
• If you have registered more than one
account, select one to add a new
contact.
cEnter the required information and
tap "Save"
• The information you input is registered.
Note
• Contacts saved on docomo account can
be synchronized with Cloud.
Editing Contact
You can edit a registered contact.
a From the Home screen, "Apps" u
"docomo phonebook" u "Contacts"
tab
bTap a contact to edit
• "Prole" screen is displayed.
c"Edit"
• "Edit prole" screen is displayed with
information registered partially.
dEdit information and tap "Save"
• The contact is updated.
112
Calling
Conrming/Using Contacts
a From the Home screen, "Apps" u
"docomo phonebook" u "Contacts"
tab
bTap a contact to conrm or use
• "Prole" screen is displayed.
a Account icon
The register account icon is displayed.
• More than one icon are displayed when
integrating contacts from di󰮏erent
accounts.
b Picture and name
Tap a picture to make a call, create a mail or
use the services on the Internet.
c "Prole" tab
The registered prole information such as
phone number, email address, address,
birthday, nickname, etc. is displayed.
d "Communication" tab
e Group
The registered groups are displayed.
f Prole information
Prole information such as phone number,
email address, address, birthday, nickname,
etc. is displayed.
g Name card image
Name card image made with "Name card
creator" application is displayed.
• Up to three name cards can be saved in
Prole.
h Use this template button
• Use a registered template to make name
cards.
113
Calling
i Edit
Tap to edit prole.
j The latest calling information
k "Timeline" tab
l Favorites list button
Add to/remove from Favorites.
m Koe-no-Takuhaibin
For detailed information about Koe-no-
Takuhaibin, refer to DOCOMO website.
n SMS
Send SMS.
o Delete name card
Tap to delete a name card.
Change Displayed Account on
Phonebook
You can set to display or to hide the contacts
included in a group of a specic account or a
Google account.
a
From the Home screen, "Apps"
u
"docomo phonebook"
u
"
Contacts
"
tab
b u "Others" u "Accounts to display"
cSet an account to display
Deleting Contact
a From the Home screen, "Apps" u
"docomo phonebook" u "Contacts"
tab
bTap a contact
• "Prole" screen is displayed.
c u "Delete" u "OK"
• The contact is deleted.
Note
• On "Contacts" tab, tap u "Delete" u
"Select all" or place a check mark in the
contact you want to delete u "Delete" u
"OK".
114
Calling
Using Groups
You can set a contact to any group.
a
From the Home screen, "Apps" u
"docomo phonebook" u "Contacts" tab
b"Groups"
• Groups list is displayed.
a Group name
b Registered contact number
c Group icon
d Group list
• Touch and hold down a group to edit u tap
"Edit group" to edit group information.
• Touch and hold down a group to delete u
tap "Delete group" to delete group.
• Depending on the group, it may not be
able to edit or delete.
e No group
f Add
Add groups.
• If you have registered more than one
account, select one to add a new group.
g Close
Close group list.
115
Calling
Adding contacts to group
a Select a group from group list
bTouch and hold down a contact to
add
cDrag the contact to the desired
group and release your nger
Deleting contact from group
a Select a group from group list
bTouch and hold down a contact to
delete
cDrag the contact to the group where
it belongs to and release your nger
Note
• Group function is only available for
contacts saved on docomo or Google
account.
Displaying Your Own Phone
Number
You can conrm your phone number, and add, edit or
delete your prole information. Also, you can display
the name card data created by name card creator
application, and exchange the data via network.
a From the Home screen, "Apps" u
"docomo phonebook" u "My prole" tab
116
Calling
a Picture and name
b Prole information
Registered information such as phone
number, email address, address, birthday,
nickname etc. is displayed.
• When docomo mini UIM card is inserted,
the phone number of docomo mini UIM
card is displayed automatically.
c Name card image
An name card image created by "Name card
creator" application is displayed.
• Up to 10 name cards can be saved in My
prole.
d Name card exchange button
Tap to exchange name cards created by
"Name card creator" application with other
people via network.
e Create/Edit/Delete name card button
Tap to create, edit or delete a name card.
• If you have not downloaded the "Name
card creator" application, the download
screen appears. Follow the on-screen
instructions to download the "Name card
creator" application.
f Notice*
Set to notify your prole settings (phone
number, mail address) to the contacts added
on phonebook (friend notication settings).
g Edit
Tap to edit a prole.
* To use notication settings, starting using
Cloud is required.
117
Calling
Backup of Phonebook
You can share phonebook saved in this
terminal via Bluetooth function, Email or Gmail.
Also you can import phonebook from docomo
mini UIM card to this terminal.
Note
• Backup or restore your phonebook
through docomo backup (Save to
microSD card). For the detailed
information about docomo backup (Save
to microSD card), refer to "ドコモバック
アップ(docomo backup)" (P186).
Sending phonebook
a From the Home screen, "Apps" u
"docomo phonebook" u "Contacts"
tab
b u "Others" u "Import/Export"
• A menu is displayed.
c"Share phonebook data"
• A menu is displayed to select an
application to send data.
dSelect an application
• A screen is displayed based on the
application you choose. Follow the on-
screen instructions to operate.
• Depending on the applications, it may not
be able to send.
118
Calling
Importing phonebook from docomo
mini UIM card
a From the Home screen, "Apps" u
"docomo phonebook" u "Contacts"
tab
b u "Others" u "Import/Export"
• A menu is displayed.
c"Import from SIM card"
• If you have registered more than one
account, select an account to import.
dTap a contact to import
• The contact is imported.
Note
• Only names and phone numbers can be
imported for contacts. Information such
as groups, email address cannot be
imported.
119
Calling
Mail/Web Browser
spモードメール (sp-mode
mail)
You can send and receive emails using an
i-mode mail address (@docomo.ne.jp). You can
use pictograms and Deco-mail. It also supports
auto receive.
• For details about sp-mode, refer to DOCOMO
website.
a From the Home screen, "spモード
メール (sp-mode mail)"
• Follow the on-screen instructions.
SMS
You can send and receive a text message
contains up to 70 double-byte characters (or
160 single-byte alphanumeric characters) to a
phone number as an address.
Sending SMS
a From the Home screen, "Apps" u
"Messaging"
• The "Messaging" screen is displayed.
b
cTap "To" box to enter a recipient's
phone number
• A list of contacts beginning with the
entered number or name is displayed.
• Tap to display phonebook and select a
recipient.
dEnter a message in "Enter message"
box
120
Mail/Web Browser
e"Send"
• The message is sent.
Note
• While entering a message, tap u
"Insert smiley" to insert a smiley.
• To check if an SMS has been received,
tap u "Settings" u "Notication"
on the "Messaging" screen, and place a
check mark in "Notications".
• You can also send/receive SMS to/from
users of overseas network operators. For
available countries/compatible overseas
network operators, refer to "Mobile Phone
User's Guide [International Services]" or the
DOCOMO "International Services website".
• To send SMS to users of overseas
network operators, enter "+" u "Country
code" u "Recipient's mobile phone
number". If the mobile phone number
begins with "0", enter the number
excluding the rst "0". You can also send
an SMS by entering "010", "Country code"
and "the recipient mobile phone number".
Receiving/Viewing SMS
a From the Home screen, "Apps" u
"Messaging"
• The thread (recipient who send or receive
messages) list is displayed on the
"Messaging" screen.
bTap a thread
• A message appears.
Note
• When you receive an SMS, the preview
screen is displayed. In the preview
screen, you can reply a message, display
a thread, or clear a preview screen.
121
Mail/Web Browser
Email
email is usable after setting an account of
mopera U or general provider.
Opening Email
a From the Home screen, "Apps" u
"Email"
• The "Inbox" screen is displayed.
• The "Select email provider" screen is
displayed if you have not set email
account.
Setting Email Account
Get the necessary information for settings
beforehand from your service provider.
a From the Home screen, "Apps" u
"Email"
• The "Select email provider" screen is
displayed.
bSelect an email provider in the
"Select email provider" screen
cEnter an email address and a password
in the email account setting screen
d"Manual setup"/"Next"
• Follow the on-screen instructions.
• Select account type when tapping
"Manual setup". Follow the on-screen
instructions to make the settings. For
information about the settings, contact
your service provider.
Note
• You can change the settings later. For
details, refer to "Changing Email Account
Settings" (P125).
122
Mail/Web Browser
Displaying Received Email
a From the Home screen, "Apps" u
"Email"
• New emails are received automatically.
bOn "Inbox" screen, tap an email
• The message is displayed on email
screen.
Note
• New messages are not received
automatically if you have set "Manual" for
retrieve interval.
*
To receiving emails, tap u "Refresh".
• If you have registered more than one
account, on "Inbox" screen tap "Inbox" u
tap a registered account and change it.
Creating and Sending Email
a From the Home screen, "Apps" u
"Email"
• "Inbox" screen is displayed.
b
cTap "To" box to enter a recipient's
email address
• A list of address beginning with the
entered number or name is displayed.
• Tap to display phonebook and select a
recipient.
dEnter a subject in the "Subject" box
eEnter a message in the message
box
f
• The email is sent.
Note
• appears on the right side of the "To"
box if an invalid email address is entered.
Check the email address and correct it.
123
Mail/Web Browser
Adding Account
You can add more than one account on "Email"
application.
a From the Home screen, "Apps" u
"Email"
• The "Inbox" screen is displayed.
b u "Settings"
• The "Settings" screen is displayed.
c"Add account"
• The "Select email provider" screen is
displayed.
dSelect an email provider in the
"Select email provider" screen
eEnter an email address and a
password in the email account
setting screen
f"Manual setup"/"Next"
• Follow the on-screen instructions.
• When tapping "Manual setup", select an
account type depending on the account
type. Follow the on-screen instructions to
set up. About setting information, consult
the service provider.
Changing Email Settings
a From the Home screen, "Apps" u
"Email"
• The "Inbox" screen is displayed.
b
u "Settings" u "General settings"
• "General settings" screen is displayed.
cChange the settings if necessary
Set default
account
Set the default account
settings.
Roaming* Set to receive emails
automatically or not
during roaming.
Email preview
Set the number of lines
to show an email preview.
Split view Set to split view or not
when displaying by
landscape screen.
Load linked
images
Set to display the
image which is linked
to an email or not.
Ask before
deleting
Set to display the
conrmation screen or not
when deleting an email.
124
Mail/Web Browser
Screen after
deleting
Select a screen after
deleting an email.
Trusted
certicates
A trusted certicate is
displayed.
* It is necessary to set data roaming.
(P253)
Changing Email Account Settings
a From the Home screen, "Apps" u
"Email"
• The "Inbox" screen is displayed.
b u "Settings" u tap an email
account
• "Account settings" screen is displayed.
cChange the settings if necessary
DISPLAY NAMES
Account name Set account name.
Your name Set user name.
Use signature Set to use signature or
not.
Signature Edit signature contents.
SYNC, SEND & RECEIVE
Retrieve
interval
Set retrieve interval for
inbox.
Number of
emails to show
Set the number of
emails to display.
Message size
limit
Set message size.
125
Mail/Web Browser
Delete from
server*1
Set the timing to delete
from server.
Download
over Wi-Fi*2
Set to download the
attached le or not when
Wi-Fi is connected.
Download le
size*2
When "Download over
Wi-Fi" is ON, set le size
for les downloaded via
Wi-Fi.
Account &
sync
Synchronize data with
other accounts or delete
accounts.
Auto resend
times
Set the number of times
for auto sending.
Always Cc/
Bcc me
Set to always add
yourself to Cc/Bcc or not.
Security
settings
Set digital signatures,
encryption, etc.
NOTIFICATIONS
Notications Set to show the
notication or not with
an incoming email.
Notication
sound*3
Set notication sound.
Vibrate*4Set to vibrate or not
with an incoming email.
SERVER SETTINGS
Incoming
server
settings
Conrm the incoming
server settings.
Outgoing
server
settings
Conrm the outgoing
server settings.
REMOVE ACCOUNT
Remove
account
Delete an account.
*1 Displayed only with POP3 account.
*2 Not displayed with POP3.
*3 Required to set "Manner Mode" in
"Sound" to "Sound & Vibrate" beforehand.
(P203)
*4 Required to set "Manner Mode" in "Sound"
to "Sound & Vibrate" or "Vibrate only"
beforehand. (P203)
126
Mail/Web Browser
Gmail
Gmail is an online email service of Google. You
can send and receive emails by using Gmail
preinstalled in this terminal.
Opening Gmail
a From the Home screen, "Apps" u
"Gmail"
• Gmail opens, and the "Inbox" screen is
displayed.
Note
• If Google account settings have not
been completed, "Add a Google Account"
screen is displayed. Follow the displayed
instructions. If you do not have a Google
account, create one here.
• For details about Gmail, tap u "Help"
on the "Inbox" screen.
Creating and Sending Mail
a From the Home screen, "Apps" u
"Gmail"
• The "Inbox" screen is displayed.
b
• The "Compose" screen is displayed.
cEnter email address in "To" box
dEnter a subject in the "Subject" box
eEnter a message in the "Compose
email" box
f
• The mail is sent.
127
Mail/Web Browser
Early Warning "Area Mail"
You can receive Earthquake Early Warnings
etc. provided by the Japan Meteorological
Agency.
• Area Mail is a free service that does not
require application.
• You can save up to 50 mails.
• You cannot receive Area Mail in the following
cases.
- Power o󰮏 - Out of service
- In Airplane mode - During voice calls
- During updating
software
- During international
roaming
- During sending/receiving SMS
- When using a SIM card of other
manufacturers
- During updating Android version
• You may not be able to receive Area Mail
when using packet communication or
tethering functions.
• You cannot receive the Area Mail again once
it has been sent.
Receiving Early Warning
"Area Mail"
When an Area Mail is received, notication
sound or ringtone sound and the text of the
Area Mail is displayed in a pop-up menu.
• When the screen lock is set, the text of the
Area Mail is not displayed. It will be displayed
when the screen lock is canceled.
• You cannot change the ringtone volume.
• At the time of rst time purchasing, even when
"Manner Mode" is set to "Vibrate only" or "Silent",
the dedicated buzzer or the dedicated beep tone
still rings. You can also change the setting to turn
o󰮏 the notication sound or ringtone. (P129)
Viewing Area Mail
a From the Home screen, "Apps" u
"Disaster Kit"
• When activating for the rst time, the
"Using this application" screen appears.
b"Early warning 'Area Mail' Inbox"
• The "Early warning 'Area Mail' Inbox"
screen is displayed.
cTap an Area Mail
• The text of the Area Mail is displayed.
128
Mail/Web Browser
Note
• To delete Area Mail, place a check mark
in the Area Mail to delete on "Early
Warning 'Area Mail' Inbox" screen, or place
a check mark in "Select all" u "Delete" u
"OK".
Setting Early Warning "Area
Mail"
You can set whether to receive Area Mail or
behavior when Area Mail is received.
a From the Home screen, "Apps" u
"Disaster Kit" u "Early warning 'Area
Mail' Inbox"
• The "Early warning 'Area Mail' Inbox"
screen is displayed.
b u "Settings"
• The "Settings" menu is displayed.
cChange the settings if necessary
Receive
setting
Place a check make to
receive Area Mail.
Beep tone Set beep time and the
operations of Manner Mode
when set to "Vibrate only" or
"Silent".
Check
screen
image and
beep tone
You can conrm operations
for receiving earthquake
early warnings, tsunami
warnings and disaster/
evacuation information.
Other
settings
To receive Area Mail other
than earthquake early
warnings, tsunami warnings
and disaster/evacuation
information, you can register
Area Mail names and
message IDs that you want
to receive.
129
Mail/Web Browser
Browser
Browser allows you to view web pages in the
same way that you do on a PC.
Opening Browser
a From the Home screen, "Internet"
• The web page is displayed on the browser
screen.
a Maximum/minimum screen
Tap to change to minimum window
display.
Then tap to change it to full screen
display.
b Search box
Tap to display the search box. Enter the text
or URL to search, and a list of web pages or
search candidates that match the entered
characters are displayed.
Tap one from the list or entering the entire
URL, and tap "Go" to display the web page.
c Switching windows
It switches to the window you selected to
access to a web page in case of multiple
windows. Tap to close the window.
Note
• When search box and icon are not
displayed on the top of the screen, scroll
the browser screen downward to show
them.
• Pinch out or pinch in a web page to zoom
in or zoom out the display.
• Even the web page is made for a PC, you
can also zoom in, zoom out or scroll the
display. For detailed information, refer to
"Using Touch Screen" (P46).
• Depending on the format and content
of a web page, the operations can be
di󰮏erent.
• Touch and hold down the text of a web
page to select.
The following menus are displayed when
the text is selected.
- "Select all": Select the entire text inside
a web page.
- "Copy": Copy text.
- "Scrap": Save the text and web page
link to Notebook (P189).
130
Mail/Web Browser
- "Share": Send text through application
or service.
- "Find": Search text inside web page.
- "Web search": Search text inside
website.
- "Translate": Translate text.
• For details about le formats available
to display and play back on this terminal,
refer to "File format" (P291).
Searching a web page by voice
a From the browser screen, tap
search box
b• "Speak now" is displayed.
cSpeak the keyword(s) clearly to the
microphone
• Selections for keyword(s) are displayed.
Tap a selection so that it will be entered
in the search box. A web page list
including the keywords you search will be
displayed.
dTap a web page
• The selected web page opens.
Opening incognito tab
You can browse web pages without leaving
any browsing history or searching history.
a From the browser screen, u
u "New incognito tab"
• A new tab opens and the description of
secret mode is displayed.
bDisplay a web page
• For details about opening a web page,
refer to "Opening Browser" (P130).
Note
• is displayed in Search box.
• It does not leave any history with the
web page opened in secret tab. Cookie
record is deleted when closing the tab.
The downloaded les and the web pages
added to bookmark can be saved.
131
Mail/Web Browser
Using Browser Menu
a From the browser screen,
Refresh/
Stop
Refresh or stop refreshing web
page.
Forward The next web page is displayed.
New tab A new window opens and the
Home scree is displayed.
Bookmarks "Bookmarks" tab is displayed.
Save to
bookmarks
Add a web page to bookmarks.
Homepage Home page is displayed.
Share page Use an application or service to
share web page.
Find on
page
Enter a keyword to search
strings inside the wen page.
Desktop
view
Website of PC version is
displayed.
Save for
o󰮑ine
reading
Save a webpage. Tap u u
"Saved pages" tab to display
the saved web page.
Capture
plus
Capture the entire web page.
You can check the captured
image from "Capture plus" in
"Gallery".
Print Print out a web page. (P245)
Settings The setting screen is
displayed.
Exit Exit a web page.
132
Mail/Web Browser
Using Bookmark and History
Add a web page to bookmarks to quickly
access to the web page.
You can display browsing history to view web
pages your visited previously.
Adding bookmark
a Open the web page you want to add
to bookmark
b u "Save to bookmarks"
cEdit name, URL or other items if
necessary, and tap "OK"
Opening a web page added to
bookmarks
a From the browser screen, u
"Bookmarks"
• The "Bookmarks" tab is displayed.
bTap a bookmark to display
• The selected web page opens.
Changing Browser Settings
a From the Browser screen, u
"Settings"
bChange the settings if necessary
General Set home page settings and
automatic input setting of web
form.
Privacy &
Security
Clear the browser cache, the
browsing history, set display/
hide a warning screen, Cookie,
form data, location information,
password and web notication.
Accessibility Set text size, magnication of
double tap, minimum font size, black
and white reversal and contrast.
•
Place a check mark in "Inverted
rendering" to adjust "Contrast".
Advanced Reset search engine, website
settings, display settings and
browser settings to default
setting.
Bandwidth
management
Set to pre-load search results
and load images.
133
Mail/Web Browser
Google Chrome
You can browse Web pages with Google
Chrome. Also you can synchronize the data
of tabs, bookmarks and address bar opened
by Chrome on your PC with the data on the
terminal.
• To use Google Chrome to synchronize data
with PC, you need to login rst.
Opening Google Chrome
a From the Home screen, "Apps" u
"Chrome"
•
A web page is displayed.
Note
• A conrmation message regarding the
terms of use appears when using Google
Chrome for the rst time.
• For details about Google Chrome, u
"Help" on the Google Chrome screen.
Hangouts
Hangouts is a free tool for communication.
You can enjoy the photos, pictograms, video
hangouts to make conversations. Gmail,
Google+, Chrome feature expansion and
Android are also available to use.
• To use Hangouts, setting Google account is
necessary. For details, refer to "Setting Online
Service Accounts" (P67).
Activating Hangouts
a From the Home screen, "Apps" u
"Hangouts"
•
"Hangouts" screen is displayed.
•
If you have registered more than one Google
account, select one on "Hangouts" screen.
134
Mail/Web Browser
Note
• You are asked to conrm your phone
number when using Hangouts for the rst
time.
• If you have not nished setting Google
account, "Add a Google Account" screen
is displayed. Follow the instructions to
operate. Get a Google account if you do
not have one.
• For details about Hangouts, tap u
"Help" on Hangouts screen to check the
information.
Starting Chatting
a From the Home screen, "Apps" u
"Hangouts"
• "Hangouts" screen is displayed.
b
cTap a friend to chat
d"Message"/"Video call"
• If you tapped "Message", enter a message
in "Send a message" box and tap .
• If you tapped "Video call", video chat
starts.
135
Mail/Web Browser
Apps
dmenu
This allows you to access easily to docomo's
recommended sites or convenient applications.
a From the Home screen, "dmenu"
• The browser launches, and "dmenu" is
displayed.
Note
• Packet communication (LTE/3G/GPRS)
or Wi-Fi Internet to use dmenu.
• Packet communication fees are charged
to connect to dmenu or download
the recommended applications. Also,
depending on the downloaded application,
the packet communication starts
automatically.
• There are some paid applications in the
recommended application on dmenu.
dmarket
This allows you to get convenient and fun
contents.
a From the Home screen, "dmarket"
• The browser launches, and "dmarket" is
displayed.
• For the rst usage of dmarket, the
dmarket software license agreement is
displayed to conrm your agreement.
Note
• For details of dmarket, refer to the
DOCOMO website.
136
Apps
Play Store
Google Play enables you to access applications
and games you like and download them to
install into this terminal.
• To use Google Play, Google account is
required. (P67)
Installing Application
a From the Home screen, "Play Store"
bSearch application u tap the
application that you want to
download
cTap "INSTALL" (for free
applications), or Amount eld (for
paid applications)
• The displayed content di󰮏ers depending
on the application.
• If the application needs to access data
and functions on this terminal, the
functions used by the application are
displayed.
dFrom the "App permissions" screen,
"ACCEPT"
• For paid applications, if you have not
registered a payment method with your
account, "CONTINUE" is displayed. Tap it
and follow the on-screen instructions.
• You are taking responsibility when using
applications on this terminal starting
from downloading and purchasing the
applications. Pay special attention to
application that is accessing multiple
functions or large amount of data.
• If download or installation is nished
normally, the notication icon will be
displayed in the status bar. Display the
notication panel and tap the application
name. The installed application opens.
Purchasing an Application
• Payment for application is only once. After
downloading, you do not need to pay every
time when you uninstall or download again.
• If you have another Android device that is
using the same Google account, you can
download for free on that device once you
purchased the application.
137
Apps
• After purchasing application, you can
request a refund within a specied time.
The application is deleted, and it will not be
charged. Requesting a refund is available only
once for the rst time of purchasing each
applications. After requesting a refund to a
purchased application, and purchasing the
same application again, you cannot request a
refund.
• For details on paying method to purchase
application or requesting a refund, u
"Help".
Note
• Be sure to check the security of
application, and then install it at your own
risk. This terminal may be infected with a
virus and the data may be damaged.
• NTT DOCOMO is not liable for
malfunctions, if any, caused by the
application you installed. In that case,
you need to pay for repair even when it is
within guarantee period.
• NTT DOCOMO is not liable for any
disadvantage brought to you or any third
party due to an application you installed.
• Some applications automatically
perform packet communications. Packet
communication is kept active unless you
disconnect or it is timed out. Note that
packet communication fee may get high.
To disconnect packet communication,
from the Home screen, u "Settings"
u "More..." u "Mobile networks" and
remove the check mark in "Data enabled".
• If you need more information about
Google Play, tap u "Help" when
Google Play screen is open.
138
Apps
Uninstalling an Application
a From the Home screen, "Play Store"
b u "My apps" u tap the
application that you want to uninstall
c"UNINSTALL"
d"OK"
• When the "REFUND" is not displayed on
paid application, the trial period is expired.
Osaifu-Keitai
You can use "Osaifu-Keitai compatible service"
for payment or coupon by just holding this
terminal and against the store reader, or
"かざしてリンク対応サービス (Kazashite-Link
services)" for accessing information by holding
it against home electrical appliances, smart
poster, etc.
Electronic money and point values can be
stored on IC cards, or on docomo mini UIM
card.
Additionally, you can check credit, balance or
points of your electronic money, as well as lock
Osaifu-Keitai to prevent any loss.
For details about Osaifu-Keitai, refer to
DOCOMO website.
• To use Osaifu-Keitai compatible services, it is
necessary to make settings through sites or
applications.
139
Apps
• If this terminal has a problem, data in the
IC card*1 and data in the docomo mini UIM
card may be lost or changed (if this terminal
needs repair, terminals with data cannot be
accepted, so principally the user needs to
delete the data). For more information about
reissuing and restoring data, and support
for saving and transferring data, contact the
Osaifu-Keitai compatible service provider.
Please use Osaifu-Keitai compatible services
that provide backup services to save you
important data.
• We are not responsible for damages such
as lost or changed data in the IC card and in
the docomo mini UIM card, or other damages
related to Osaifu-Keitai compatible services
in any cases including terminal malfunction or
terminal replacement.
• If a terminal is stolen or lost, please
immediately contact your Osaifu-Keitai
compatible providers for what to do.
*1 Data which is stored on the IC cards that
Osaifu-Keitai compatible terminals are
equipped with
*2 Data which is stored on docomo mini UIM
card
Using "Osaifu-Keitai
compatible service"
To use Osaifu-Keitai compatible services, from
the Osaifu-Keitai compatible site, download the
application for Osaifu-Keitai and then congure
settings. Some services do not require
downloading of an Osaifu-Keitai compatible
application.
a From the Home screen, "Apps" u
"Osaifu-Keitai"
• Initial settings may be required at the
rst startup. Follow the on-screen
instructions.
bTap the service that you want to
use
cSet service settings
• Make necessary settings from the
service site or application.
140
Apps
dYou can hold the mark on this
terminal against a reader to enable
an electronic transaction
Note
• You can read/write data with reader
without activating Osaifu-Keitai
compatible application.
• It is available even when you turn o󰮏 the
power of this terminal. It may become
unavailable if you have not turned on this
terminal for a long period of time or the
battery level is low.
• Osaifu-Keitai compatible services can be
used even if the docomo mini UIM card
PIN code cannot be unlocked, or if the
PIN code is locked.
• If sp-mode was not subscribed to, please
note that some of the functions of
Osaifu-Keitai compatible services might
no longer be able to be used.
141
Apps
Using "かざしてリンク対応サービ
ス (Kazashite-Link services)"
Activate "Reader/Writer, P2P" in advance.
(P199)
a Skim a device with NFC module
inside or a smart poster over the
mark on the terminal
• You can also exchange information with
other Android Beam users. (P239)
Notes on Holding over Device
Notes when holding over reader, NFC Modules
built-in device, etc.
• When holding over mark, bring it close to
the device slowly.
• Hold the mark parallel to the center of
reader. If it cannot be scanned even with it
held in front of the center scanner, slightly
lift up this terminal, or move it backwards/
forwards or to the left/right.
• When there is a metal object between the
mark and the device, reading may fail. Note
that putting this terminal into a case or cover
may a󰮏ect communication performance, take
it out from case or cover.
142
Apps
Locking Osaifu-Keitai
Use "NFC/Osaifu-Keitai lock" to lock the
Osaifu-Keitai service from being used. Locking
of Osaifu-Keitai is di󰮏erent from screen lock
and SIM card lock.
a From the Home screen, "Apps" u
"Osaifu-Keitai"
b"Lock Settings"
• When Osaifu-Keitai is initially locked,
the "Set new NFC/Osaifu-Keitai lock
password" will be displayed. Follow the
on-screen instructions, and set the lock
password initial setting.
cEnter a password
d"OK"
Note
• While conguring "NFC/Osaifu-Keitai
lock", or are displayed on the status
bar.
• This cannot be unlocked even if the
power is shut o󰮏.
• If the battery runs down during the
conguring of "NFC/Osaifu-Keitai lock",
"NFC/Osaifu-Keitai lock" can no longer be
unlocked. Be careful of the battery level.
Make sure to unlock "NFC/Osaifu-Keitai
lock" after charging this terminal.
• In order to be able to use the Osaifu-
Keitai menu during the conguring of
"NFC/Osaifu-Keitai lock", the lock needs
to be unlocked.
• The password for "NFC/Osaifu-Keitai
lock" is not deleted even if the terminal is
initialized.
• Since the lock might need to be unlocked
and the password might need to be
changed, please write down and store the
password for "NFC/Osaifu-Keitai lock".
• Unlock "NFC/Osaifu-Keitai lock" with the
docomo mini UIM card installed that was
inserted into the terminal when "NFC/
Osaifu-Keitai lock" was congured.
143
Apps
Canceling the lock
a From the Home screen, "Apps" u
"Osaifu-Keitai"
• The Osaifu-Keitai screen in the locked
status is displayed.
b"Lock Settings"
• The "NFC/Osaifu-Keitai lock" screen is
displayed.
cEnter the same password as the
one you entered when logged in
d"OK"
ToruCa
ToruCa is an electronic card that can be loaded
to your mobile. It can be acquired from readers
and websites as the shop information or
coupons. The acquired ToruCa will be saved in
"ToruCa" application. Use "ToruCa" application
to display, search or update.
For details of ToruCa, refer to DOCOMO
website.
a From the Home screen, "Apps" u
"ToruCa"
• When initially activated, the software
license agreement screen will be
displayed.
144
Apps
Note
• Packet communication fee may incur
when acquiring, displaying or updating
ToruCa.
• You may not be able to acquire, display
or update the ToruCa provided for i-mode
terminal.
• The functions below may not be available
depending on the IP (Information
Provider) setting.
- Acquiring from readers
- Update
- ToruCa sharing
- Transferring and copying to microSD
card
- Viewing maps*
* ToruCa that can be displayed on the
map from ToruCa (details) may not be
able to be displayed on the map from
ToruCa list.
• It is not possible to acquire ToruCa from
readers while NFC/Osaifu-Keitai is locked.
• You cannot obtain the same ToruCa
when you have placed a check make
in “重複チェック (redundant check)”.
Remove the check mark to obtain the
same ToruCa redundantly.
• When using email to send ToruCa,
ToruCa (details) will be transmitted in its
pre-acquisition state.
• The received ToruCa by email may not be
saved depending on the email application
in use.
• ToruCa may not be acquired depending
on the browser you use.
• When moving or copying ToruCa to
microSD card, it is moved or copied
with the status before acquiring ToruCa
(details).
• ToruCa may not be acquired from readers
when Osaifu-Keitai is not initialized.
145
Apps
TV (1Seg)
1Seg is a digital terrestrial TV broadcasting
service for mobile devices that allows you to
receive data programs along with video and
audio. Also the two-way service using mobile
device communication function and the detailed
information about communication route are
available to use.
For details on "1Seg" service, refer to the
following homepage.
Association for Promotion of Digital
Broadcasting
http://www.dpa.or.jp/ (in Japanese only)
● Before Using 1Seg
• 1Seg is a service provided by TV broadcast
companies (broadcast stations).
Receiving video and audio is free. For more
information about NHK reception fees,
contact NHK.
• There are two types of information
displayed in the data broadcasting area:
"Data broadcasts" and "Data broadcast
sites".
"Data broadcasts" are displayed by
broadcast wave for both video and audio,
and "Data broadcast sites" are displayed by
connecting to the site provided by the TV
broadcasting company (broadcast station)
through the data broadcast information.
To view "Data broadcast sites", etc.
packet communication fees are charged.
Information fees may be required to access
some sites.
● Broadcast wave
1Seg is one of broadcast services, and
receives radio waves (broadcast waves)
that are di󰮏erent from Xi service and FOMA
service. Therefore, it is not possible to
receive at locations where broadcast waves
do not reach or during time zones where
broadcasting is o󰮏 regardless of whether
you are in an area with Xi service or FOMA
service.
In addition, in areas with digital terrestrial
TV broadcast service, reception may be
poor or may not be available in the following
locations.
• Locations far from the broadcasting tower
where the broadcast wave is sent
• Locations where waves are blocked by
landscape or buildings such as in the
mountains and or near buildings
146
Apps
• Locations where waves are weak such
as tunnels, underground, and building
basements
Extend 1Seg antenna completely and
change 1Seg antenna or move to another
place to make signal reception better.
● About 1 Seg antenna
• When watching 1Seg, extend 1Seg
antenna completely. If you give too
much force when the antenna is not fully
extended, it may be damaged.
• When changing the orientation of the 1Seg
antenna, hold the bottom portion.
• When retracting the 1Seg antenna, hold
the antenna straight up and push down.
If too much force is applied, it may be
damaged.
• When retracting the top portion of the
1Seg antenna, pay attention to its
orientation.
147
Apps
Note
• 1Seg audio cannot be output by
Bluetooth devices that are not
compatible with SCMS-T.
• 1Seg is not compatible with the following
functions due to copyright protection.
- Video output via SlimPort supported
cable or SlimPort supported accessory
- Video output via Wi-display
- Screenshot
- QMemo
- QSlide apps
Watching 1Seg
a From the Home screen, "Apps" u
"TV"
• The 1Seg viewing screen is displayed.
• When launching for the rst time, you
need to select your viewing area.
How to use the 1Seg viewing screen
148
Apps
a TV broadcast area
■ Portrait view
• Tap to display data broadcasting screen.
■ Landscape view
• Tap to display TV broadcasting area in full-
screen.
■ Landscape view (full-screen view)
• Swipe upward/downward on the right part
to change the volume.
• Swipe upward/downward on the left part
to change screen brightness.
• Swipe leftward/rightward to switch
channels.
b Program information area
Show information on broadcasting hour or
program name of watching program.
• Tap to switch services when watching
the channel supports multi service.
• Tap / to switch channel.
• Touch and hold down / to search
available channels and show the programs
on air.
c Record/Stop button
Tap to start/stop recording.
• Stop button does not function for the rst
ve seconds after starting recording.
149
Apps
d Channel list
Display a list of channels.
• Tap a desired channel to switch channels.
• Touch and hold down a channel to move or
delete a channel.
e TV box button
"Watching Recorded Programs" → P152
f EPG button
"Using Program Schedule" → P153
g Program list of channels
The TV guide of the channel you are
watching is displayed.
• is displayed on the TV program you
are watching.
•
Tap a TV program to display the contents
of this program.
Tap
"Reservation"
u
"Record"/"Watch", to make a reservation for
recording/watching. / is displayed
for the program you reserved for recording/
watching.
h Search channel icon
Search channels and display the available
ones.
i Subtitles
Display caption when viewing a close-
captioned program.
Viewing the data broadcast screen
Tapping "TV broadcast area" on the 1Seg
viewing portrait screen displays the data
broadcast screen.
150
Apps
a TV broadcast area
Tap to display the 1Seg viewing screen.
b Caption area
Display caption when viewing a close-
captioned program.
c Scroll bar
Swipe or drag up to display the data
broadcast in full screen mode.
d Data broadcast area
Tapping directly on the content of the data
broadcast may allow you to operate.
e Data broadcast operation button
You can perform operations such as moving
the cursor or selecting a link in the data
broadcast area.
Using Num. input
Num. input is available for some of the data
broadcast. Tap "Num." to display Num. pop-up
menu.
• If "Num." is active, it is a Num. input available
broadcast. Operations di󰮏er depending on the
content of broadcast.
151
Apps
Watching Recorded Programs
Recorded programs can be watched and
deleted by using the Television box.
a From the Home screen, "Apps" u
"TV"
b"TV box"
• The "TV box" screen is displayed.
cTap the program being watched
Deleting recorded programs
a From the “TV box” screen, tap
bPlace a check mark to the program
to be deleted
c"Delete" u "Yes"
Note
• From the “TV box” screen, u place a
check mark in "Select all" u "Delete" u
"Yes" is tapped, all recorded programs
can be deleted.
• From the “TV box” screen, u
"Title"/"Time"/"Size" is tapped, the
recorded programs can be rearranged.
• From 1Seg watching screen, u "TV
box storage" is tapped, you can check
the volume used and available volume
for Television box, and estimates of
recording time.
152
Apps
Using Program Schedule
You can view a TV guide of both terrestrial TV
programs and BS digital broadcast programs.
You can search programs using key words or
by genre, and make reservations for viewing.
a From the Home screen, "Apps" u
"TV"
b"EPG"
• The program guide is displayed.
• When selecting for the rst time, follow
the on- screen instructions to download
the application.
cTap a program
• Program information is displayed.
Reserving Recording/Watching
If the begin/end times and channel are
specied and the program is preset to record,
recording begins in accordance with the
settings. If you make a reservation for a
program, an alarm rings when the program
begins.
a From the Home screen, "Apps" u
"TV"
b u "Reservation list"
• The "Reservation list" screen is displayed.
c
• The "Set reservation" screen is displayed.
You can make the following settings.
Reservation
type
The record and watch
presets can be switched.
Channels Set channels.
Start time Set the start date/time.
End time The ending dates and
times can be set.
• Can only be set when the
presetting recording.
153
Apps
Program
name
Enter the program name.
Repeat
Set a recording/viewing
reservation repeatedly at
the same time period on a
specic day of the week.
d"Save"
Note
• If the device is not ON when the preset
time is achieved, recording/viewing
cannot begin, nor can notications of the
beginning of programs be given.
• You can set alarm in Alarm/Clock to
notify you the start time of a program.
Change the alarm sound. (P178)
• 1Seg recordings can only be saved in the
internal storage. Recorded images can
only be watched on the device.
• Be aware that redundant presetting
cannot be done.
Conrming/editing reservation
contents
a From the "Reservation list" screen,
tap a viewing reservation
• Edit reservation contents and tap "Save".
Deleting reservation contents
a From the "Reservation list" screen,
bPlace a check mark in "Select all" or
the recording/viewing reservation
that you want to delete
c"Delete" u "Yes"
154
Apps
Using TV Link
Some data broadcasts may show link
information (TV link) to related sites. By
registering a TV link, it is possible to connect
to related sites later.
• To register a TV link, tap the item that can be
registered for the TV link that is displayed in
the data broadcast area.
a From the Home screen, "Apps" u
"TV"
b u "TV link"
• The "TV link" list screen is displayed.
cTap a TV link
• Connect to the registered site.
Note
• From the "TV link" list screen, touch and
hold down the TV link u "Delete" u "Yes"
to delete.
• From the "TV link" list screen, u mark
"Select all" u "Delete" u "Yes" to delete
all TV links.
1Seg Settings
a From the Home screen, "Apps" u
"TV"
b u "TV settings"
• The "TV settings" menu is displayed.
cChange settings if necessary
Brightness Set screen brightness.
Place a check mark in
"Automatic brightness" so
that screen brightness
changes automatically as
the environment changes.
Subtitles
Set to display subtitles or
not.
Audio
language
Toggle between the main
sound and the sub sound
when viewing a program
containing the sub sound.
Reset
broadcast
memory
Delete data registered with
the data broadcast and TV
links.
155
Apps
Switching the viewing area
a From the Home screen, "Apps" u
"TV"
b u "Change area"
•
When adding new area, tap .
cSelect an area
• The viewing area changes.
Camera
This terminal has a built-in camera that can
shoot photos and videos.
Before Shooting
All photos and videos shot on your terminal are
saved to the internal storage.
Copyrights and portrait rights
Avoid copyright infringements when copying
or editing photos and videos that have been
shot on this terminal. You should also avoid
infringing the portrait rights of other people by
using or modifying their portraits without their
consent. Note that the shooting or recording of
stage performances, shows or exhibitions may
be prohibited, even for personal use.
You may get ned according to law, regulation
(nuisance prevention ordinance, etc.) if other
people get disturbed or hurt by any improper
behavior when using this terminal.
Please be considerate of the privacy of
individuals around you when shooting and
sending photos using camera-equipped
mobile phones.
156
Apps
Notes for capturing images
• The Camera employs high precision
technology, but some pixels or lines may
seem brighter or darker than others. Also,
when you shoot photos in places with
insu󰮐cient lighting, noises seen as white line
increase.
• This is normal. Clean the lens with a soft
cloth before shooting. If the lens is stained
with ngerprints or oil, the shot photo may
appear out of focus or blurred.
• Do not leave this terminal in a warm place
or under a direct sunlight for a long period of
time. The quality of shot photos or video may
deteriorate.
• If you shoot under a uorescent light, mercury
lamp or sodium lamp ickering at high speed,
ickering such as stripes may appear. The
color tone of photos or videos may vary
depending on the shooting timing.
• Do not expose the lens to direct sunlight for
a long period of time and do not point at the
sun or a bright light directly. The image may
become discolored or the camera may fail to
operate properly.
• Do not cover the lens with your ngers or hair
when shooting.
• Shooting a fast moving object may result in
an image slightly distorted from the image
displayed on the screen at the time of
shooting, or the image may be blurred.
• When the battery level is low, you may not be
able to save shot photos or videos. Check the
battery level before using the camera.
• Shot photos or videos may di󰮏er from the
actual subjects in brightness or color tone.
• You hear shutter sound even when manner
mode is set to "Vibrate only" or "Silent".
157
Apps
Shooting a Photo
You can shoot photos with both landscape and
portrait screen.
Viewing shooting screen
The meanings of marks (icons and others) on
the photo shooting screen are as follows:
a Mode (to display)
The shooting mode you use is displayed.
b Switch between ON and OFF for the ash
Switch ash settings.
• Flash may be not available depending on
the shooting mode you use.
c Switching cameras
Switch between the front and main cameras.
d Mode (to set)
Set shooting mode (Normal/Shot & Clear/
Dynamic tone (HDR)/Panorama/VR
panorama/Burst shot/Beauty shot/Dual
camera/Time catch shot/Intelligent auto/
Sports/Night).
e Settings
Set Voice shutter/Brightness/Focus/Image
size/ISO/White balance/Color e󰮏ect/Timer/
Geotagging/Shutter sound/Volume key.
You can conrm Help in Settings or reset
settings.
• Depending on shooting mode, some items
may not be able to set up.
• When shooting mode is set to Intelligent
auto, setting is not available.
f Auto focus frame
The frame is white when adjusting focus. It
changes to green when focus is done.
Tap a given position on the screen to focus
on that position.
g Remaining battery level
Display remaining battery level. Display when
remaining battery is under 30%.
h Switch button
Swipe to switch between photo mode and
video mode.
158
Apps
i Shutter
j Thumbnail
Tap to activate "Gallery" to conrm and
edit the photos you took. You can also edit
pictures. (P162)
Touch and hold down to display the quick
review screen, you can conrm photos you
take or drag to and release your nger to
delete a picture without activating "Gallery".
Taking a photo
a From the Home screen, "Camera"
• The photo shooting screen is displayed.
• Menus are displayed on the screen to
allow you to congure various settings
to suit the scene and conditions for
shooting.
bPoint the camera at the subject
• You can zoom in/zoom out a photo by
pinching out/pinching in the center of the
photo shooting screen.
c• You can press volume key (up) or volume
key (down) to take pictures.
• The shutter sound plays and the photo is
shot.
• The previews of the taken photos appear
as thumbnails after shooting.
• You can view the photos you took from
"Camera" in "Gallery".
Note
• If you continue to press the volume key
(up)/volume key (down) for one second or
more in the photo shooting screen, you
can do rapid shooting of still images.
• When shooting mode is set to Shot &
Clear, you can delete the objects shown
in your photo after nishing taking
pictures. Tap to save the photo.
• When shooting mode is set to Dual
camera, you can take photos with both
main camera and front camera.
- Drag the small window to move it.
- Touch and hold down the small window
till it turns to aqua color to adjust the
frame size.
- Tap the small window to switch it to
big window.
• When shooting mode is set to Time
catch shot, after taking pictures you can
tap thumbnail to display photos taken
during one second before pressing the
shutter button.
Select a photo and tap to save the
photo.
159
Apps
Shooting Videos
You can shoot videos by switching modes. You can
shoot videos with both landscape and portrait screen.
Viewing recording screen
The meanings of marks (icons and others) on
the video shooting screen are as follows:
a Recording mode (to display)
The recording mode you use is displayed.
b Switch ash settings
Switch to set ash settings.
c Switching cameras
Switch between the front and main cameras.
d Recording mode (to set)
Switch recording mode (Normal/Live e󰮏ect/
Dual recording/Tracking zoom).
e Settings
Set up Audio zoom/Video size/Brightness/
White balance/Color e󰮏ect/Geotagging/
Volume key. You can conrm Help in
Settings or reset settings.
f Remaining battery level
Display remaining battery level. Display when
remaining battery is under 30%.
g Switch button
Swipe to switch between photo mode and
video mode.
h Recording button
160
Apps
i Thumbnail
Tap to activate “Gallery” and conrm the
video you recorded. (P162)
Touch and hold down to display the quick
review screen, you can display thumbnails in
big size or drag to and release your nger
to delete a video.
j Audio zoom
Increase the sensitivity of the area audio
that is specied by zoom in, and reduce
noise (in landscape view only).
k Taking photo button
Take a photo the moment when you tap this
button.
l Pause button
Video shooting is stopped temporarily.
m Stop button
Video shooting is stopped completely.
Shooting videos
a From the Home screen, "Camera"
• The photo shooting screen is displayed.
bSwipe downwards
• The screen switches to the video
shooting screen.
•
Menus are displayed on the screen to allow
you to congure various settings to suit the
scene and conditions for shooting.
cPoint the camera at the subject
d• The recording start sound plays and
Camera starts shooting.
• You can press volume key (up) or volume
key (down) to shoot videos.
• When it starts shooting a video, elapsed
time is displayed on the screen.
• You can zoom in/out by pinching out/in the
touch screen during video shooting.
• Tap while shooting a video to pause.
Tap to start shooting again.
e• The recording stop sound plays and
recording stops.
• You can press volume key (up) or volume
key (down) to stop shooting videos.
161
Apps
• The videos you recorded are displayed in
thumbnails after shooting.
• You can view the videos you recorded
from "Camera" in "Gallery".
Note
• When recording mode is set to Dual
recording, you can recording videos with
both main camera and front camera.
- Drag the small window to move it.
- Touch and hold down the small window
till it turns to aqua color to adjust the
frame size.
- Tap the small window to switch it to
big window.
• When recording mode is set to Tracking
zoom, you can recording with both the
normal screen and the zoomed screen by
.
- Drag the zoomed window to move it.
- Touch and hold down the zoomed
window till it turns to aqua color to
adjust the frame size.
- Drag specify the place to zoom.
- Swipe to open the setting
window and set frame type. Swipe
to close the setting window.
Gallery
You can display photos or play back videos
stored in the terminal that have been obtained
by shooting with the camera or downloading
from the Internet.
Viewing Photos and Videos
a From the Home screen, "Apps" u
"Gallery"
• The Gallery screen is displayed.
• Select "Gallery", "Picasa" or "Nearby
devices" to change the video or the photo
you want to display.
bTap an album
• Both photos and videos are displayed by
thumbnail.
• To view photos or videos shot by this
terminal, tap "Camera".
• In album list, tap to activate camera,
then you can take photos or record
videos.
• In album list, tap to categorize photos
into "Albums"/"Locations"/"Timestamp"
and display by category.
162
Apps
cTap one of the thumbnails
• Display photos and play back videos.
• You can zoomed in or zoom out a photo
by double-tapping or pinching out or in on
the touch screen.
Note
• The following operations are available on
the photos/video list screen.
- : Launch camera to shoot photos or
videos.
- : Select a photo or a video to share/
print/send.
- : Select a photo or a video to delete.
• The following operations are available on
the photo display screen.
- : Send the displayed photo via Wi-Fi/
Wi-Fi Direct/Bluetooth function to other
devices.
- : Launch camera to shoot photos or
videos.
- : Select the displayed photo to share/
print/send.
- : Delete the displayed photo.
• The following operations are available from
the photo display screen by tapping .
- "Set image as": Set a photo as a picture
in the Phonebook or the wallpaper of the
Home screen.
- "Move": Move a photo to another album.
- "Copy": Copy a photo to another album.
- "Copy to Clip Tray": Copy a photo to Clip
board.
- "Rename": Edit a photo name.
- "Rotate left": Rotate a photo to the left.
- "Rotate right": Rotate a photo to the
right.
- "Crop": Trim a photo.
- "Edit": Edit brightness of a photo.
- "Slideshow": Display the saved photos by
slide show.
- "Add location"/"Remove location": Add or
delete location information to a photo.
- "Show on map": When location information
is added, conrm the place when this
photo is taken.
- "Print": Print a photo by printer.
- "Details": Conrm detailed information of
a photo.
• For operations when playing back a video,
refer to "Playing Videos" (P169).
163
Apps
Synchronizing Picasa Album
You can synchronize Picasa album saved on
Google account with Gallery of this terminal.
a From the Home screen, "Apps" u
"Gallery"
b u "Settings"
• The "Settings" screen is displayed.
c"Account & sync" u "Add account"
u "Google" u add Google account by
following on-screen instructions
• It is synchronized automatically.
Note
• When tapping "Account & sync" on the
"Settings" screen and place a check mark
in "Auto-sync data", Gallery, Google+, etc.
in this terminal are synchronized with
Picasa album on Google account.
• Tap "Account & sync" on the "Settings"
screen u "Google" u and select an
account to select items you want to
synchronize individually such as "Picasa
Web Albums".
• If you place a check mark in "Sync on Wi-
Fi only" on the "Settings" screen, Gallery
of this terminal is synchronized with
Picasa album on Google account only
when Wi-Fi network is connected.
164
Apps
Media Player
The "Media Player" application plays music les
and video les saved in the internal storage or
a microSD card *. Media Player supports the
following le formats.
* Connect microSD reader writer to use
microSD card.
■ Available le formats
Media
Player
PCM/AMR-NB/AMR-WB/MP3/
AAC/AAC+/eAAC+/AC3/
EC3/Vorbis/FLAC/WMA/MIDI
Available le
formats
MPEG4/XVID/H.263/H.264/
VP8/WMV/VC1/H.265
Note
• Some les may not be played even with
the supported le format. Also the le
list of Media Player may not be able to
display.
• Some les are protected by copyright
and may not be played.
Copying Music Files and
Videos to this Terminal
From Media Player, you can play music les
and video les of your own after copying them
to the internal storage.
a Connect this terminal with a PC via
the microUSB Cable 01 (optional)
(P242)
bSet USB connection mode to "Media
sync (MTP)" (P242)
c
On PC, open "コンピューター (Computer)"
and select phone name of this terminal
• The driver (Internal Storage) in this
terminal is displayed.
• The screen displayed when connecting
with a PC may di󰮏er depending on the
operation environment (OS).
dCreate a folder in the root folder of
"Internal Storage"
• You can also create a sub folder to
manage the les.
eCopy les to the created folder
fRemoving this terminal from PC
(P244)
165
Apps
Opening Media Player
a From the Home screen, "Apps" u
"Media Player"
• The "Media Player" screen is displayed.
• When running for the rst time, ようこそ
(welcome) screen is displayed.
a Quick play bar
This is displayed when there is music
playing/paused. Tap this to display the
Music screen.
b Play/Pause icon
This is displayed for the music playing/
paused.
c Title
d Artist name/album name
e Bottom bar
Drag or swipe leftward or rightward to
display icons which are not displayed.
Tap icon to operation as follows.
• Switch list display of music and video
• Access to d music, d video or d anime
store of dmarket
• Browse new information or ranking in
d music, d video and d anime store of
dmarket
f Search icon
Search contents.
g Ringtone shortcut menu button
When the music is available to set for
ringtone, shortcut menu including ringtone is
displayed.
166
Apps
Note
• From the "Media Player" screen, u
"Sort" to switch the list display between
ascending and descending order.
• From the "Media Player" screen,
u "Search" to access to dmenu and
purchase songs.
• From the "Media Player" screen, when a
list of albums/videos is displayed, u
"Thumbnail"/"Playlist" to switch the list
display format between thumbnail display
and list display.
• From the "Media Player" screen/Music
screen/Video screen, u "Exit" to
close the Media Player.
Playing Music
a From the Home screen, "Apps" u
"Media Player"
b"Songs" u tap a song to play back
• The Music screen is displayed and the
song is played.
a Return to list
Return to the song list.
b Elapsed time
167
Apps
c Play progress bar
Drag to play a song from a desired point
within the song.
d Cover ow
e Contents information
Title/Artist name/Album title are displayed.
f Backward button
Start playing from the beginning of the
current song. Double-tap to start playing
from the beginning of the previous song.
g Fast-rewind button
Rewind a song.
h Volume bar
Adjust the volume by dragging it.
i Song length
j Repeat/repeat one song button
Switch between Repeat all/1 repeat/Repeat
OFF.
k Shu󰮑e button
Turn shu󰮑e play ON/OFF.
l Play/Pause button
m Next song button
n Fast-forward button
Forward a song.
Note
• While a song is playing, is displayed in
the status bar.
• From the Music screen, u "Settings"
u tap "This song : Ringtone settings"
to set the current song to Voice call
ringtone, Mail ringtone, docomo/sp-mode
mail ringtone settings.
168
Apps
Playing Videos
a From the Home screen, "Apps" u
"Media Player"
b"Movie"
• A list of playable videos saved on the
internal storage and the microSD card is
displayed.
cTap a video you want to play
• The Video screen appears and the video
is played.
a Return to list
Return to the video list screen.
b Elapsed time
c Play progress bar
Drag to play a video from a desired point of
the video.
d Video information
Displays titles/artist names.
169
Apps
e Fast-rewind button
Rewind a video.
f Button for going back to previous video
Play from the beginning of the current video.
Double-tap to play from the beginning of the
previous video.
g Volume bar
Drag to adjust the volume.
h Video length
i Rotation lock button
Lock/unlock screen rotation.
j Fast-forward button
Forward a video.
k Button for skipping to next video
l Play/Pause button
Note
• Tilt this terminal to the side while
displaying the Video screen to switch to
landscape screen display so that videos
can be displayed on the whole screen.
Tap the screen to switch between button
display/not display.
Using Playlists
Playlists allow you to play your favorite songs
in a desired order.
Displaying playlists
a From the Home screen, "Apps" u
"Media Player"
b"Play list"
• Playlists are displayed.
• The following quick playlists are available.
Recently
added
songs
Display songs that were
added in the last two weeks
in the order you add them.
Recently
played
songs
Display songs that were
played in the last two
weeks with the most
recent date on top.
Most played
songs
Display songs that were
played with the most
frequently played song on
top.
cTap a playlist/quick playlist
• The songs contained in the playlist are
displayed. Tap a song to play back.
170
Apps
Creating a playlist
a From the Home screen, "Apps" u
"Media Player"
b"Play list" u "Add"
cEnter the playlist name u "OK"
dTap the song you want to add
• Tap the "All songs", "Artists", and "Albums"
tabs to switch the display list.
• Tap "Add all songs" to add all songs in
the list.
e"Apply" u "Save" u "OK"
Editing playlists
a From the Home screen, "Apps" u
"Media Player"
b"Play list" u tap a playlist to edit
• The songs contained in the playlist are
displayed.
c"Edit"
• Tap "Edit title" to edit the title.
• Tap "Add songs to playlist" to add a song
to the playlist.
• becomes deletable when it turns to
red after tapping a song. Tap "Delete
selected songs" to delete.
• Drag upwards and downwards to
change the song order.
dAfter nishing editing, "Save" u "OK"
171
Apps
Deleting/sorting a playlist
a From the Home screen, "Apps" u
"Media Player"
b"Play list" u "Reorder/Delete"
• becomes deletable when it turns to red
after tapping a playlist.
• Tap "Select all playlists" to delete all
playlists.
• Drag upwards and downwards to
change the playlist/quick playlist order.
cAfter nishing editing, "Save" u "OK"
Note
• Quick playlists ("Recently added songs",
"Recently played songs", "Most played
songs") cannot be deleted.
Setting Media Player
a From the Home screen, "Apps" u
"Media Player"
b u "Settings"
• The "Settings" menu is displayed.
cChange settings if necessary
Audio e󰮏ect
settings
Set e󰮏ects for when
playing music.
Ringtone
settings
Set a song as a Voice
call ringtone, Mail
ringtone, and docomo/
sp-mode mail ringtone.
• Some songs cannot
be set as ringtones.
Movie sort
settings
Select the order of the
video list from "Saved
date and time" and
"Title".
Arrange icons Change the icons
displayed on the bottom
bar of the "Media player"
screen.
172
Apps
Global data
communication
Set whether to allow
data communications
when using the device
overseas.
Update
database
Update the Media
Player database.
Reset settings Return the Media Player
to its initial settings.
GPS/Navigation
By using applications that supports GPS
function on this terminal, you can conrm
the present location or search route to a
destination.
In Using GPS
• NTT DOCOMO is not liable for any damage
caused by failure of GPS system etc.
• It cannot be used as navigation devices for
aircraft, vehicles and people or as a high
precision GPS for measurement. Please note
that DOCOMO shall not bear responsibility
for damages which are pure economic losses
which are generated by opportunities missed
to conrm positioning results and missed
communications due to external factors
(including exhausted batteries) such as
malfunctions, improper operations and power
outages of this terminal if it is used for these
purposes or even if it is not used for these
purposes.
173
Apps
• Since GPS is governed by the United States
Department of Defense, the GPS signals
might be controlled (degradation of accuracy,
signal blackouts, etc.) according to national
security reasons of the US. Also even if
positioning is done in the same locations
and environments, identical results may not
be obtained due to the di󰮏erences in signal
conditions caused by the locations of the
satellites.
• Wireless communication products (mobile
phone or data detector etc.) may intercept
satellite signal and signal reception may not
be stable.
• Depending on the legal system of the
country and area, the displayed map based
on the received location information (lat/long
information) may not be accurate.
• Since GPS uses signals from satellites, in the
following environments there are locations
where signals cannot be received or reception
is poor. Thus, the range of error of location
information may be over 300 m.
- In the midst of or underneath dense tree
growth, in areas lined with buildings or
dense residential areas
- Inside or underneath buildings
- Inside of underground tunnels, underground
and underwater
- Near high-voltage lines
- Inside of cars and trains
- In poor weather such as heavy rainfall and
snow
- Inside of bags and boxes
- Hindrances (people and things) around this
terminal
174
Apps
Setting Location Services
For applications requires access to location
information, set if allow to use location
information gained from GPS function, Wi-Fi
function and mobile network.
a From the Home screen, u
"Settings" u "Location access"
bSet "Access to my location" to ON
cConrm the contents of "Note"
screen and "Location consent"
screen, and tap "Agree"/"Disagree"
• A check mark is placed in "GPS satellites"
when tapping "Agree" on "Note" screen.
• When tapping "Agree" on "Location
consent" screen, a check mark is placed
in "Wi-Fi & mobile network location".
• Tap "Agree" on either screen or both
screens, "Access to my location" will be
turned ON.
• Tap "Disagree" on both screens, "Access
to my location" will be turned OFF.
GPS satellites Set if allow applications
to use GPS to detect
current location.
Wi-Fi & mobile
network
location
Set to use Google's
position location
information services
to quickly detect the
user's location or not.
Anonymous location
data is collected and
forwarded to Google.
GPS
notication
Set to play back audio
and to vibrate or not
while the GPS is
searching for location
information.
175
Apps
Note
•
It may take up to several minutes to
determine current locations when the GPS
functions are used for the rst time.
•
This terminal is equipped with a GPS
receiver that uses satellite signals to
calculate current locations. Some GPS
service functions use the Internet. Data
communication fee may occur when
transferring data via GPS service functions.
•
To use a function which requires a GPS
receiver for positioning of your current
location, check for an unimpeded view of
the sky. Move to another location if your
current location is not determined after a
few minutes.
•
In order to calculate the current location
faster, do not move or cover GPS/sub
antenna with other objects.
•
When you place a check mark in "GPS
satellites", anonymous data is collected
while using GPS. For data transfer, note
that you may be charged.
•
Place a check mark in "Wi-Fi & mobile
network location" to allow Google location
information service to collect anonymous
location date. Collecting data may be done
without launching application.
Using Maps
You can display present location, search another
place, or search route by using Google map.
• Turn "Access to my location" ON to acquire
the current location. (P175)
Also from the Home screen, "Apps" u "Google
settings" u "Location" to place a check mark
in "Access location".
• To use the Google map, you need to connect
LTE/3G/GPRS network or Wi-Fi, and set data
communication available to use.
• Google Maps does not work for all nations or
regions.
Opening Maps
a From the Home screen, "Apps" u
"Maps"
• Tap "Accept & continue" when "Welcome
to Google Maps" screen is displayed.
• Maps screen is displayed.
Note
• To search routes, tap on Maps screen. For
details, refer to "Using Navigation" (P177).
• To conrm login information,, tap on
Maps screen.
176
Apps
Using Navigation
Google Maps Navigation (beta) is route
guidance software with voice guidance.
a From the Home screen, "Apps" u
"Navigation"
• Tap "Accept & continue" when "Welcome
to Google Maps" screen is displayed.
• Google Maps navigation opens and a
menu is displayed.
bSelect from (vehicle)/
(mass transit agency)/
(walk)
cEnter starting point in "Chooses
starting point..." box* u enter
destination in "Choose destination..."
box
• Vehicle: Route is displayed.
• Mass transit agency: Selections are
displayed. Tap a selection to display its
route.
• Walk: Route is displayed.
• Tap to switch starting point and
destination.
* "My Location" may be entered in "Chooses
starting point..." box.
dTap one of the routes displayed at
the bottom screen
• Detailed route is displayed.
• Swipe routes at the bottom screen to left
or right to show other routes.
• For vehicle and walk, tap "Start" to start
navigation.
Note
• Any operation during driving should be
performed by a passenger.
• If you have logged in Google account,
you can choose a starting point or
destination from home, work and history.
177
Apps
Using Local
You can use Local to easily search for near by
restaurants, cafes, bars, convenience store,
etc.
a From the Home screen, "Apps" u
"Local"
• Tap "Accept & continue" when "Welcome
to Google Maps" screen is displayed.
• Local screen is displayed.
bTap an icon
• A list of search results is displayed.
Tap a search result to display detailed
information.
• "Nearby places" screen is displayed when
tapping and you can search di󰮏erent
categories.
Note
• If you have logged in Google account,
search history is displayed.
Alarm/Clock
a From the Home screen, "Apps" u
"Alarm/Clock"
• The Alarm screen is displayed.
Setting Alarm
a Tap "Alarms" tab on Alarm Clock
screen
• The Alarm list screen is displayed.
b
• The "Set alarm" screen is displayed, and
the following settings are available.
Hour/
Minute
Change the alarm time
setting.
Repeat Set the alarm to repeat on
certain days of the week at
the same time.
Snooze
duration
Set snooze duration.
Vibration Set if vibrate or not while
alarm is ringing.
Alarm
sound
Set alarm sound.
178
Apps
Alarm
volume
Set alarm volume.
ADVANCED SETTINGS
Auto app
starter
Set the application to launch
when stopping alarm.
Puzzle
lock
Set if to undo a puzzle to
stop alarm.
Memo Add memos to alarms that
are set.
c"Save"
• The Alarm list screen is displayed and set
alarm is added to the list.
• Tap / to set alarm ON/OFF.
• Tap list to display "Set alarm" and edit
items. Tap "Save" to overwrite changes
and return to Alarm list screen.
Note
• The alarm functions at the time set for
the alarm. Tap "Dismiss" to stop the
alarm. is displayed on the status bar
when tapping "Snooze". Alarm functions
again based on the time duration set in
"Snooze duration".
• On the "Alarm list" screen, u "Select
all" or place a check mark in the alarm to
delete u "Delete" u "Yes" to delete alarm.
179
Apps
Setting Timer
a "Timer" tab on the Alarm Clock
screen
• Timer setting screen is displayed.
bSet Hour/Minute/Second
• Tap to set the following settings.
Vibration Set if vibrate or not while
alarm is ringing.
Alert sound Set alarm sound.
Alert
volume
Set alarm volume.
c"Start"
• The timer starts.
Note
• The alarm functions at the time set for
the alarm. Tap "Stop" to stop the alarm.
• Tap "Stop" while timer is running to stop
it. Tap "Resume" to restart. Tap "Reset"
to reset timer.
Setting World Clock
You can conrm the date and time for
registered cities in a list.
a Tap "World clock" tab on the Alarm
Clock screen
• World clock list screen is displayed.
b
• "New city" screen is displayed.
• Tap / to change map display/list
display.
cTap a city
• Current time (analog clock display),
city name, current time and date of the
selected city are displayed in World clock
list screen.
Note
• Touch and hold down the added city u
"Set daylight saving" u tap settings to
set summer time. / is displayed
besides the city with summer time set.
• From the World clock screen, u "Select
all" or place a check mark in the city to
delete u "Delete" u "Yes" to delete a city.
180
Apps
Setting Stopwatch
a "Stopwatch" on the Alarm Clock
screen
b"Start"
• The stopwatch starts. Tap "Lap" to count
lap times.
• To stop the stopwatch, tap "Stop".
• Tap "Resume" to restart the stopwatch,
and tap "Reset" to reset it.
Calendar
This terminal has a calendar for managing
your schedule. If you have a Google account,
synchronize data with Google calendar.
Opening Calendar
a From the Home screen, "Apps" u
"Calendar"
• The Calendar screen is displayed.
181
Apps
a Change calendar display
Change calendar display. (date is changed.)
b Date of today
c Selected date
d Scroll bar
Swipe or drag up to display the bottom part
contents in full screen mode.
e Switch display box
Switch bottom part display.
f Switch QSlide application mode
g Icon of today
Move cursor to today's date. (date of icon is
changed.)
h Icon to create new
Create a schedule.
Switching Calendar display
a From the Home screen, "Apps" u
"Calendar"
b u "Day"/"Week"/"Month"/"Yea
r"/"Agenda"/"Life Square"
• If "Day"/"Week"/"Agenda" is tapped in
the display toggle box, the displays
underneath the display toggle box can be
switched.
• If the daily and weekly displays are swiped
to left or right to display the previous or
following daily and weekly display, if they
are swiped up or down, the previous and
following times are displayed.
• Tap "Agenda" to display a list of events.
Tap each list to display the content.
• For details about Life Square, refer to
"Life Square" (P189).
182
Apps
Creating a Schedule
a From the Home screen, "Apps" u
"Calendar"
bTap date/time u u set each item
u "Save"
Note
• When it turns to the time set in
"REMINDERS" screen on schedule making
screen, is displayed on the status bar.
Drag or swipe the status bar downwards
to open the notication panel then tap
the calendar notication, the Calendar
notications screen is displayed. Tap
"Dismiss" to clear notication. Set snooze
duration and tap "Snooze" to notify again
after it passes the set time.
Changing/Deleting Schedule
a From the Home screen, "Apps" u
"Calendar"
b"Agenda" of display switch box
cTap a schedule to change/delete u
(edit)/ (delete)
• Tap to edit contents and tap "Save".
• Tap and "Yes".
• On the Calendar screen, tap u
"Delete" u "Select all" or place a check
mark in schedules you want to delete u
"Delete" u "Yes" to delete.
Changing Calendar Settings
a From the Home screen, "Apps" u
"Calendar"
b u "Settings"
cChange settings if necessary
• You can set calendar display and
schedule notication, conrm application
information and set account settings.
183
Apps
Calculator
a From the Home screen, "Apps" u
"Calculator"
• From the Calculator screen, u
"Scientic calculator"/"Basic calculator"
to change functions. If it is landscape
display, both basic calculator and
scientic calculator are displayed.
• Touch and hold down the value or formula
displayed in number display eld to cut/
copy the value. Touch and hold down the
formula display eld after cutting/copying
a value to past it.
• Tap to delete input numbers or
operators one by one.
• Tap u "Calculation history" to display
formula history. When history is displayed,
tap u "OK" to clear history.
• Tap to move to QSlide application
mode.
• Tap u "Settings" to set vibrate and
display.
SmartWorld
a From the Home screen, "Apps" u
"SmartWorld"
• Tap "Start LG SmartWorld" when you
started SmartWorld for the rst time.
• Open the "SmartWorld" screen.
• Membership registration is required to
use SmartWorld. On the "SmartWorld"
screen, tap u "設定(Settings)" u
"会員登録(Membership registration)",
and register by following the on-screen
direction.
• 3G/LTE charging information appears
when connecting without using Wi-Fi.
• For SmartWorld, the following menu is
displayed.
Item Description
Hot & New Notes or the latest
information is displayed.
Apps Application list is displayed.
Video Video list is displayed.
184
Apps
Item Description
検索
(Search)
Type keywords and
tap "Search" to search
applications or videos.
マイアプ
リ(My
application)
The downloaded
applications or videos are
displayed.
POLARIS O󰮐ce
You can use POLARIS O󰮐ce to read or edit
Word, Excel, PowerPoint les saved in internal
storage and microSD card.
a From the Home screen, "Apps" u
"POLARIS O󰮐ce 5"
• The "POLARIS O󰮐ce" screen is displayed.
•
When running "POLARIS O󰮐ce" for the rst
time, a user registration screen is displayed.
Type
Version
Create
*
, edit
View
Microsoft
Word
MS Word
97 - 2013
(.doc, .docx)
MS Word
97 - 2013
(.doc, .docx,
.dot, .dotx)
Microsoft
Excel
MS Excel
97 - 2013
(.xls, .xlsx)
MS Excel
97 - 2013
(.xls, .xlsx, .xlt,
.xltx, .csv)
Microsoft
PowerPoint
MS PowerPoint
97 - 2013
(.ppt, .pptx)
MS PowerPoint
97 - 2013
(.ppt, .pptx,
.pps, .ppsx,
.pot, .potx)
185
Apps
Type
Version
Create
*
, edit
View
Adobe PDF - Version 1.2 -
1.7(.pdf)
Text (.txt) (.txt, .asc, .rtf)
Hansoft
Hangul
- Hansoft
Hangul 97 -
3.0,
2002 - 2010
(.hwp)
* .doc, .xls, .ppt le cannot be created new.
Note
• Files with password may not be usable.
• Files created on PC may be displayed
di󰮏erently or may not be displayed.
ドコモバックアップ
(docomo backup)
Backing up to SD Card
You can connect to the supplied microSD
reader writer and use external recording
medium such as a microSD card to backup or
move the Phonebook, spモードメール(sp-mode
mail), bookmark etc.
a From the Home screen, "Apps" u "
ドコモバックアップ (docomo backup)"
u "microSDカードへ保存 (Save to
microSD card)"
• The "SD card backup" screen is displayed.
• For the rst time to use microSD card
backup, the License agreement Translation
screen is displayed.
186
Apps
Backing up
a "Backup" on the "SD card backup"
screen
bSelect data on the "Backup settings"
screen u "Start backup"
c"Backup"
dEnter the docomo apps password u
"OK"
• The "Backup results" screen is displayed.
• Tap "Back to top" to return to "SD card
backup" screen.
• If the phonebook has been backed up, the
saved phonebook data on your docomo
account is saved to the microSD card.
• This applications saves only data such
as images and videos etc. that are saved
in the internal memory of this terminal.
Backup cannot be made for the data that
is saved in microSD card.
Restoring
a "Restore" on the "SD card backup"
screen
bTap "Select" on the "Restore
settings" screen
cFrom "Select data to restore"
screen, place a check mark in the
data you want to restore u "Select"
dTap "Add"/"Overwrite" on "Restore
settings" screen u "Start restore"
e"Restore"
fEnter the docomo apps password u
"OK"
• "Restore results" screen is displayed.
• Tap "Back to top" to return to "SD card
backup" screen.
• The imported phonebook is saved on the
docomo account.
187
Apps
Copying the contacts from Google
account to docomo account
a "Phonebook account copy" on the
"SD card backup" screen
b"Select" the Google account to copy
u "Overwrite"/"Add"
• The saved phonebook data is saved to
the docomo account.
c"OK"
Note
• Do not turn o󰮏 the terminal or remove
the microSD reader writer, microSD card
during backing up or restoring. The data
may get broken.
• In case the items of phonebook such
as phone number in other terminal are
di󰮏erent from this terminal, the item
name may be changed or deleted. Also,
some letters may be deleted at the
destination since the letters that can be
registered varies from terminals.
• When backing up the phonebook to
microSD card, unnamed data cannot be
copied.
• Backing up may not be possible when
the free space on the microSD card
is not enough. In such case, delete
unnecessary data to make space.
• Backing up or restoring may not possible
when the battery level falls. In such case,
try again after charging this terminal.
• On "SD card backup" screen, u
"Help" to conrm functions and detailed
operations descriptions.
188
Apps
Notebook
You can save your favorite images and memos.
a From the Home screen, "Notebook"
• Since "About Notebook" is displayed, tap
"OK".
• Select note and create on the "Notebook"
screen.
Note
• Tap u "Select all" or place a check
mark in a memo to share u "Share" u
select a tool to share u select le format
to attach memo to mail.
• u "Select all" or place a check mark in
a memo to delete u "Delete" u "Yes" to
delete.
• Press and hold note on the "Notebook"
screen to "Share", "Delete", "Lock", "Export"
or "Add to Home screen".
• The data created with this terminal may
not be displayed properly with a device
with di󰮏erent resolution.
Life Square
Life Square automatically collects and saves
your daily life events including call logs,
messages, etc.
a From the Home screen, "Life Square"
• "Life Square" screen is displayed.
• When running for the rst time, "Life
Square guide" screen is displayed. When
collecting your posts on SNS, "Start" u
place a check mark in the account you
want to add u add an SNS account u
"Next" u select an SNS update interval u
"Next". When you do not want to collect
your posts on SNS, "Start" u "Done".
Note
• Tap a log to show the log details.
• Tap to select log contents to display.
189
Apps
Setting Life Square
a From the "Life Square" screen,
Filter*1Select contents type
for logs you want to
show.
Go to date*1*2Select a date.
Log update
Update logs.
Delete*1*2Place a check mark
in the log you want to
delete.
Search*2Search log screen is
displayed. Search a
log to conrm.
Save*1*2Save logs as archive.
Saved box The saved archive
list is displayed.
• Tap an archive to
display log list.
• Touch and hold
down an archive to
"Delete"/"Rename".
Settings
Lock
Lock by password.
Log reset
Delete all logs.
SNS
update
interval
Set SNS update
interval.
TYPES OF CONTENT
Calls Set if calls are
logged.
Messages
Set if messages are
logged.
Photos Set if photos are
logged.
Videos Set if videos are
logged.
Facebook
Set if Facebook is
logged.
Twitter Set if Twitter is
logged.
Help Conrm Life Square
functions.
*1 Displayed on log search screen when
tapping .
*2 Displayed when logs are displayed.
190
Apps
VuTalk
You can share pictures and maps, or draw your
own pictures to communicate with a friend who
is on your contact list.
• Download "Contacts" before using "VuTalk".
For details, refer to "Downloads" (P286).
Adding Phone Number to Vu
Server
Adding your phone number to Vu server is
required before using VuTalk.
a From the Home screen, "Contacts"
• If Apps layout setting is set to "Apps list",
tap "Apps" u "Contacts" from the Home
screen.
• "Contacts" tab is displayed.
• Tap "OK" if VuTalk tutorial is displayed.
b
• VuTalk guide screen is displayed.
cFrom VuTalk guide screen,
"Skip"/"Next" u "Next" u "Done"
• Your phone number is added to Vu server.
Sending VuTalk Request
a From the Home screen, "Contacts"
• "Contacts" tab is displayed.
bFrom "Contacts" tab, tap a contact
with
• The prole screen is displayed.
c"VuTalk"
• VuTalk is activated when your request is
accepted.
Receiving VuTalk Request
a Receive a VuTalk request
• Press power key or volume key (up)/
volume key (down) to stop the sound
when receiving a request.
b"Accept"
• VuTalk is activated.
• Tap "Reject" to stop activating VuTalk.
• Tap "Close" to close the window. You can
also choose "Reject" or "Accept" from
notication panel.
191
Apps
Operations While Using VuTalk
a Other party's name and phone number
b Undo/Redo
c Pen
• Select a pen type and a pen color.
d Show/hide tool bar
e Eraser
• Eraser is usable. When the eraser is
highlighted, tap "Clear all" to clear the
memo.
f Select a page
• Tap / to display the previous or the
next page.
g Front touch button lock
• Lock front touch button ( / / ).
h Call
• Tap to make a call. Available to use
VuTalk while calling.
• When returning to VuTalk screen after
calling with more than one person, making
a call is not available.
i Share
• Share pictures and locations of map.
j Exit
k Save
• Save current memo to Notebook. To save
memo to Notebook, initial settings of
Notebook are required.
l Attach
• Choose from Image/Take photo/Location/
Sticker and paste on canvas.
m Canvas
192
Apps
Setting VuTalk
a From the Home screen, "Contacts"
• "Contacts" tab is displayed.
bFrom "Contacts" tab, u "VuTalk
Setting"
VuTalk Switch VuTalk ON/OFF.
Notication
sound
Set notication sound
when receiving a VuTalk
request.
Vibrate Set vibrate when
receiving a VuTalk
request.
Show request
popup
Set if show request
popup when receiving a
VuTalk request.
Contact sync Set if sync the data
added to Vu server with
phonebook.
VuTalk Menu
a When VuTalk is running,
Paper Style Set paper style
and color of VuTalk
background.
Help guide Display help guide of
VuTalk.
193
Apps
Settings
Settings Menu
From the Home screen of this terminal, u
"Settings" to display the "Settings" screen to
set di󰮏erent settings.
WIRELESS NETWORKS (P194)
DEVICE (P203)
PERSONAL (P215)
SYSTEM (P223)
WIRELESS NETWORKS
Set whether to enable/disable networks and
set the network connection settings.
Wi-Fi (P63)
Bluetooth (P234)
Mobile data (P195)
Call settings (P107)
More... (P196)
194
Settings
Mobile Data
Items such as whether or not use mobile data
communication, limit mobile data usage, data
usage cycle and the services being used are
displayed.
Setting mobile data
Mobile data usage (rough number) is
displayed either term by term or application by
application.
a From the Home screen, u
"Settings" u "Mobile data"
• "Mobile data" screen is displayed.
Note
• When "Mobile data" is set to ON, Internet
access via mobile network is enabled.
• On the graph, you can set limit mobile
data usage and a warning for top usage
amount. Only when you place a check
mark in "Limit mobile data usage" can the
usage amount be limited.
■ Mobile data settings
a From the "Mobile data" screen,
Data roaming Set if use data service
or not at overseas. Note
that the charge may
become extremely high
when using roaming
overseas.
Restrict
background
data
Restrict auto mobile
data communication.
Auto-sync data Set if synchronize each
account automatically
or not.
Show Wi-Fi
usage
Set if display Wi-Fi
usage or not.
Mobile
hotspots
Set to not use
specialized Wi-Fi
network on background
applications.
195
Settings
More...
Set other network settings.
Airplane
mode
Turn ON/OFF radio wave
emitting.
Wireless
storage
Set if to share folders with
other devices via Wi-Fi
connection.
Tethering Set USB tethering (P197),
Wi-Fi tethering (P198) and
Bluetooth tethering (P199).
Tethering is a function
enables you to use a mobile
device such as a smartphone
as a modem to connect
to Internet with a USB
compatible device, a wireless
LAN supported device or a
Bluetooth supported device.
Miracast Set to share screen display
and sound on video equipment
that supports Miacast via
Wi-Fi Direct. When available
devices are not found, tap
"Search".
SmartShare
Beam
Set to send and receive
data with devices supporting
SmartShare Beam. (P245)
NFC/Osaifu-
Keitai
settings
Set and manage NFC/Osaifu-
Keitai. (P199)
VPN Set the settings of
communication via VPN
(Virtual private network).
(P200)
Mobile
networks
Set if enable data
communication and if enable
data roaming. Also set
access point names, network
mode and network operators.
196
Settings
Enabling USB tethering
Use using MicroUSB Cable 01 (optional) to
connect this terminal and a PC to access to
the Internet by using this terminal as a modem.
a Use a USB cable to connect this
terminal and a PC (P242)
bFrom the Home screen, u
"Settings" u "More..." u "Tethering"
c"USB tethering" u conrm the
precaution in details and tap "OK"
Note
• The operating environment on PC side
during USB tethering is as follows:
- OS*: Windows 8/Windows 7/Windows
Vista/Windows XP (Service Pack 3 or
later)
* We do not guarantee operations
conducted in environment with
upgraded OS or in added/changed
environment.
• A driver for USB tethering is required. For
details, refer to the following website.
http://www.lg.com/jp/mobile-phones/
download-page/index.jsp (in Japanese
only)
• You can install the driver through the
"Install PC programs" screen displayed
when this terminal is connected to a PC.
197
Settings
Enabling Wi-Fi tethering
Up to eight wireless LAN compatible devices
can access to the Internet simultaneously by
using this terminal as a Wi-Fi access point.
a From the Home screen, u
"Settings" u "More..." u "Tethering"
b"Wi-Fi tethering" u conrm the
precaution in details and tap "OK"
Setting Wi-Fi tethering
■ Setting Wi-Fi access point
a From the Home screen, u
"Settings" u "More..." u "Tethering"
b"Congure Wi-Fi hotspot"
cEnter network SSID in "Network
SSID" box
dTap "Security" box
• The "Security" menu is displayed.
Select an appropriate one from "Open",
"WPA PSK" and "WPA2 PSK".
•
A password is necessary when setting to
"WPA PSK" or "WPA2 PSK".
e"Save"
Note
• At the time of purchase for the rst
time, network SSID is set to "G2_xxxx",
and security is set to "WPA2 PSK". Set
security settings if necessary.
■ Setting timeout
a From the Home screen, u
"Settings" u "More..." u "Tethering"
b"Timeout"
cTap from "5 min", "10 min", "15 min",
"30 min", and "Never"
198
Settings
Enabling Bluetooth tethering
Up to four Bluetooth devices can access to the
Internet simultaneously by using this terminal
as a modem.
a From the Home screen, u
"Settings" u "More..." u "Tethering"
b"Bluetooth tethering" u conrm the
precaution in details and tap "OK"
Note
• Pairing with this terminal is required
to use Bluetooth. For details, refer to
"Pairing/Connecting with Other Bluetooth
Device" (P237).
Setting NFC/Osaifu-Keitai
Set and manage NFC/Osaifu-Keitai settings.
a From the Home screen, u
"Settings" u "More..." u "NFC/
Osaifu-Keitai settings"
NFC/Osaifu-
Keitai lock
Restrict Osaifu-Keitai
functions and its usage
services.
Reader/
Writer, P2P
Turn ON/OFF NFC reader/
writer and P2P functions.
Android
Beam
When "Reader/Writer, P2P"
is turned on, set to beam
app contents to other NFC
compatible terminals or not.
For setting details, refer to
"Android Beam" (P239).
LOCK PASSWORD SETTINGS
Lock
password
change
Change the lock password for
NFC/Osaifu-Keitai.
199
Settings
Connecting to VPN (Virtual Private
Network)
VPN (Virtual Private Network) is a technique
to access to the information protected in local
network from other networks. VPN is generally
equipped in companies, schools or other
facilities. Users can access the local network
and view information outside the premise.
To set VPN access from this terminal, security
information from network administrator is
required.
■ Adding VPN
a From the Home screen, u
"Settings" u "More..." u "VPN"
• VPN list is displayed.
• A message asks for changing the
settings when the method of unlocking
screen is not set to "None", "Touch",
"Swipe" is displayed.
b"Add VPN Network"
cFollow instructions given by the
network administrator and set each
item u "Save"
• PPTP is unavailable when ISP is set to
sp-mode.
■ Connecting to VPN
a From the Home screen, u
"Settings" u "More..." u "VPN"
• VPN list is displayed.
bTap a VPN name to connect to
cEnter the required authentication
information u "Connect"
■ Editing VPN
a From the Home screen, u
"Settings" u "More..." u "VPN"
• VPN list is displayed.
bTouch and hold down a VPN name to
edit
• A menu is displayed.
c"Edit network"
• The detailed settings screen is displayed
with the registered information entered.
dAdd, delete or edit the information u
"Save"
• The settings are updated.
200
Settings
■ Deleting VPN
a From the Home screen, u
"Settings" u "More..." u "VPN"
• VPN list is displayed.
bTouch and hold down a VPN name to
delete
• A menu is displayed.
c"Delete network" u "OK"
■ Always use VPN
a From the Home screen, u
"Settings" u "More..." u "VPN"
• VPN list is displayed.
b u "Always-on VPS"
cSelect a VPN prole u "OK"
Setting the Access Point
The access points (sp-mode, mopera U)
required when connecting to the Internet are
preset. You can not delete or change them.
You may add or edit them if necessary.
The sp-mode is set as the default access point.
■ Checking the access point in use
a From the Home screen, u
"Settings" u "More..." u "Mobile
networks" u "Access Point Names"
201
Settings
■ Setting an additional access point 〈New
APN〉
a From the Home screen, u
"Settings" u "More..." u "Mobile
networks" u "Access Point Names"
b u "New APN"
cTap "Name" u enter the network
prole name you want to create u
"OK"
dTap "APN" u enter the access point
name u "OK"
eEnter other items required by the
network operator
f u "Save"
Note
• Do not change MCC to any value other
than 440, or change MNC to any value
other than 10. It may not be displayed.
• If MCC and MNC disappeared from the
screen after you changed the settings,
you can either reset it or set the access
points manually.
Initializing Access Point
When initializing an access point, it returns to
the default settings.
a From the Home screen, u
"Settings" u "More..." u "Mobile
networks" u "Access Point Names"
b u "Reset to default" u "Yes"
Note
• When none of the access points has
been added, "Reset to default" is not
displayed.
sp-mode
sp-mode is an ISP for NTT DOCOMO
smartphones. In addition to Internet
connection, this also provides an email service
that uses the same email addresses as i-mode
(@docomo.ne.jp). The sp-mode is a paid service
that requires subscription. For details about
sp-mode, refer to the NTT DOCOMO website.
202
Settings
mopera U
mopera U is an NTT DOCOMO ISP. If you
have subscribed to mopera U, you can use
the Internet after making the simple settings.
mopera U is a paid service that requires
subscription.
■ Setting mopera U
a From the Home screen, u
"Settings" u "More..." u "Mobile
networks" u "Access Point Names"
bTap and select from "mopera U" and
"mopera U 設定 (mopera U settings)"
radio button
Note
• "mopera U 設定 (mopera U settings)" is
the access point for setting mopera U.
Packet communication fee is free by
using the access point for mopera U
settings. Note that you can only connect
to the initial setting screen and the
change settings screen. For details on
mopera U settings, refer to the mopera U
website.
DEVICE
Sound
Set sound settings such as phone ringtone,
volumes, silent mode and vibrate.
SOUND PROFILE
Manner Mode Select from "Sound &
Vibrate", "Vibrate only" or
"Silent".
Volumes Set the volumes for
"Ringtone", "Notications",
"Touch feedback &
system", and "Music, video,
games & other media".
Vibrate strength Set vibrate strength
for "Incoming call",
"Notication" and "Vibrate
on touch".
Quiet time
Specify time and days
to turn o󰮏 all the sound
except for alarm and media.
Set to vibrate or not.
203
Settings
RINGTONES & VIBRATIONS
Phone ringtone Set phone ringtone.
Smart ringtone Increase phone ringtone
volume automatically in
noisy environments.
Incoming call
vibration
Select an incoming
call vibration pattern
from "Long Lasting",
"Rapid", "Short repeated",
"Standard" and "Ticktock".
Also you can create
vibration patterns by
yourself.
Gentle vibration
Set to increase vibration
up to the current "Vibrate
strength" set gradually.
Vibrate Set to notify an incoming
call by vibration.
SYSTEM
Voice
notications
Set if read out incoming
call and message (SMS)
automatically.
• Set if read out caller
information and SMS
sender information in
"Call", "Message" and
"Read message".
• In "Voice notications
language", set preferred
engine, speech rate and
listen to an example.
Notication
sound
Set up a notication
sound.
Touch feedback
& system
Set if sound when
operating with "Dial pad
touch tones", "Touch
sounds" or "Screen lock
sound". Also with "Vibrate
on touch", set if vibrate
when pressing ,
or or operate other
actions.
204
Settings
Display
Set display settings such as screen brightness
or animations.
SCREEN
Brightness Set screen brightness. If
you place a check mark in
"Automatic brightness", the
screen brightness changes
automatically according to the
environment.
Screen
timeout
Set time duration before screen
turns o󰮏 automatically.
Screen-o󰮏
e󰮏ect
Set e󰮏ect when turning o󰮏
screen.
Auto-
rotate
screen
Set to automatically change
the display orientation or not
when this terminal is rotated.
Daydream Set Daydream. Tap "Start now"
to activate Daydream. Tap
"Settings" to set a scene when
Daydream is activated.
FONT
Font type Set the font displayed on
the screen. Tap "Add fonts"
to download fonts from
SmartWorld.
Font size Select from "Minimum", "Small",
"Medium", "Large", "Very large",
"Maximum".
SMART ON
Smart
Screen
Set if screen stays on when
you are watching the screen.
Smart
video
Set if video pauses when you
are not watching the screen.
205
Settings
ADVANCED SETTINGS
Front touch
buttons
Select front touch buttons
layout and set if use
background theme or
transparent background*.
Notication
LED
Set if use notication LED light
(front side LED or back side
LED) for missed calls, alarm,
etc. For Area mail, notication
LED light always stays on.
Aspect
ratio
correction
Change the aspect ratio of the
downloaded application.
* Only display when home application is set to
"Home".
Home Screen
Set the Home screen settings.
• You cannot change items except for "Select
Home" and "Wallpaper" on docomo LIVE UX.
Select
Home
Switch home applications.
Choose "docomo LIVE UX" or
"Home". (P78)
SCREEN
Theme Select a theme for Home
screen.
Wallpaper Select from "Gallery", "Live
Wallpapers", "Multi-photo",
"Seasonal wallpaper" or
"Wallpaper gallery".
Screen
swipe
e󰮏ect
Select a screen e󰮏ect.
Allow Home
screen
looping
Set to go to the initial screen
or not when scrolling the Home
screen.
Portrait
view only
Set to always display as a
portrait home screen or not.
206
Settings
DATA
Home
backup &
restore*
Set applications or widgets
layout, backup or restore of a
theme here.
TIPS
Do you
know?
The screen used to introduce
new functions is added to
Home.
Help Read Home screen related
Help.
* Wallpaper cannot be backed up.
Lock Screen
Set to lock screen or not. Set settings if
necessary.
• The display and setting items vary depending
on your selection from "None", "Touch",
"Swipe", "Face Unlock", "Pattern", "PIN",
"Password" to unlock the screen.
SCREEN SECURITY
Select
screen
lock
None Disable the security of
unlocking screen.
Touch Tap to unlock screen.
Swipe Swipe to unlock screen.
Face
Unlock
Unlock through facial
recognition.
Pattern Draw pattern to unlock
screen. You can set
your favorite pattern.
PIN Enter a PIN to unlock
screen. Follow the
onscreen instructions
to enter a 4 to 16-digit
number.
207
Settings
Select
screen
lock
Password Enter a password
to unlock screen.
Follow the on-screen
instructions to enter a
4 to 16-digit numbers
including alphabets.
Screen swipe
e󰮏ect
Set the screen e󰮏ect
when swiping the
screen to unlock.
Weather animation Set if update weather
information for current
location or primary
city and display it by
animation.
Improve face
matching
To improve face
recognition accuracy,
take a picture of your
face again.
Liveness check Set if require eye blink
when unlocking screen.
Pattern e󰮏ect Set pattern input
screen e󰮏ect.
Hidden pattern When tapping lock
screen, set if show
pattern dots or not.
Random PIN entry Set if lay out numbers
randomly when entering
PIN.
Wallpaper Set wallpaper when
locking screen.
Shortcuts Customize the shortcut
displayed on the lock
screen.
Owner info Set if show owner
information on lock
screen.
LOCK TIME
Lock timer Set time duration from
the screen turns o󰮏 till
it is locked.
Power button
instantly locks
Set to lock the screen
immediately or not after
pressing the power key.
FEEDBACK
Make pattern
visible
Set to show pattern line
or not.
208
Settings
Note
〈On-Screen Unlock〉
•
When your face is not recognized, you are asked
to enter the pattern or backup PIN. Enter the
pattern or backup PIN to unlock the screen.
•
If you entered incorrect screen-unlock patterns
ve times, a message is displayed to remind you
to re-input the pattern after 30 seconds. If you
forget the screen-unlock pattern, tap "Forgot
pattern?" on the reentry screen and enter your
backup PIN or log in with your Google account
set up on your terminal to unlock screen.
•
If you entered incorrect PIN ve times, a
message is displayed to remind you to re-input
the PIN after 30 seconds. If you forget the PIN,
tap "Forgot PIN?" on the reentry screen and
log in with your Google account set up on your
terminal to unlock screen.
•
If you entered incorrect password ve times,
a message is displayed to remind you to re-
input the password after 30 seconds. If you
forget the password, tap "Forgot password?" on
the reentry screen and log in with your Google
account set up on your terminal to unlock
screen.
•
Note that you cannot unlock the screen if you
forget the PIN or the password when Google
account has not set up yet.
Gestures
Enable or disable each gesture.
KNOCKON
Screen on/
o󰮏
Quickly double-tap the screen
to turn it on. Also screen will
be turned o󰮏 when you quickly
double-tap empty area on the
Home screen*, lock screen or
double-tap status bar.
• Screen is locked when
backlight is black out.
Remove the check mark in
"Power button instantly locks"
(P208) so that the screen
is not locked when screen is
black out.
ANSWER ME
Answer an
incoming
call
During an incoming call, bring
this terminal to your ear to
answer the call.
• Note that your hearing may
get hurt due to the ringtone
volume being too loud.
209
Settings
Fade out
ringtone
During an incoming call, pick
up this terminal from the
at surface to fade out the
ringtone.
Silence
incoming
calls
Flip the terminal till it turns to
the bottom screen to stop
ringtone or vibration.
OTHERS
Snooze or
turn o󰮏
alarm
Flip the terminal till it turns to
the bottom screen to stop alarm.
• Snooze function works if you
have set "Snooze duration"
to "O󰮏" in Alarm/Clock
application.
Move Home
screen
items*
From the Home screen, touch
and hold down an icon you want
to move and tilt the terminal
leftward or rightward to change
the location of the item.
• The Home screen is scrolled.
The icon is moved to another
home screen.
Help Display how to use the
Gestures functions.
SENSOR
Motion
sensor
calibration
Calibrate the accuracy of
sensor (the tilt and speed of
the sensor).
•
Operate it when Gesture does
not work properly.
* Only display when home application is set to
"Home".
210
Settings
Storage
Display free space in internal storage and USB
storage, operate mount and format.
INTERNAL STORAGE
Total space Total space of the internal
storage is displayed.
Available Available space of the internal
storage is displayed.
Apps, Audio
etc.
Used space of the internal
storage is displayed.
USB STORAGE
Total space Total space of the USB
storage is displayed.
Available Available space of the USB
storage is displayed.
Unmount
USB
storage/
Mount USB
storage
• Unmount the USB storage
to remove it safely.
• Mount the USB storage to
enable to use it.
Erase USB
storage
Clean up all the data (music,
photos, etc.) inside the USB
storage.
Battery
When the battery level has decreased, set to
control each function to use minimum power.
BATTERY INFORMATION
Remaining battery
icon
Battery levels
are displayed in
percentages. It
displays whether
the battery is being
charged, the expected
time to use/the usable
total time.
Tap to conrm the
details of battery
consumption
conditions.
Battery percentage Set to display battery
levels (%) or not on the
status bar.
BATTERY SAVER
Battery
saver
TURN BATTERY SAVER ON
Turn
Battery
saver on
Specify the timing
(battery level) to turn
on power save function.
211
Settings
Battery
saver
BATTERY SAVING ITEMS
Auto-sync Turn o󰮏 Auto-sync.
Wi-Fi Turn o󰮏 Wi-Fi function if
it is not in use.
Bluetooth Turn o󰮏 Bluetooth
function if it is not in
use.
Vibrate on
touch
Turn o󰮏 touch
feedback.
Brightness
Adjust screen
brightness.
Screen
timeout
Set screen timeout.
Notication
LED
Turn o󰮏 notication
LED.
Battery saver tips Description of
"BATTERY SAVING
ITEMS" is displayed.
Apps
Set application related settings.
DOWNLOADED List/delete installed
applications.
RUNNING List/stop the activated
services.
ALL List/delete all the
applications.
Disable application
It is available for a part of applications and
services which are not able to uninstall.
Disabled applications are neither displayed on
the application list nor run. However, it is not
uninstalled.
a From the Home screen,
u "Settings" u "Apps" u
"DOWNLOADED" tab/"ALL" tab
bSelect an application you want to
disable
c"Disable" u "OK"
212
Settings
Enable the application again
When an application is disabled, the linked
applications may not run properly. In such
case, make it enable again to run properly.
a From the Home screen,
u "Settings" u "Apps" u
"DOWNLOADED" tab/"ALL" tab
bTap the application you want to
enable again
c"Enable"
Conrming downloaded application/
all applications
■ Using application information screen
a From the Home screen, u
"Settings" u "Apps" u tap an
application on "DOWNLOADED"
tab/"ALL" tab
Force stop
Force-quit an application
being activated.
Uninstall
updates
Uninstall all the
updates applicable to
Android system.
Disable/
Enable/
Uninstall
Disable/enable
application or uninstall
application.
Show
notications
Set if show notication
of update or important
warning.
Clear data Delete application data.
Clear cache Clear application
cache.
Clear defaults Start Initializing when
it is set to start
activating in default.
■ Using a menu
a From the Home screen, u
"Settings" u "Apps" u tap on
"DOWNLOADED" tab/"ALL" tab
Sort by size/
Sort by name
Change list order.
Reset app
preferences
Reset application
settings.
Reset default
apps
Start Initializing when
it is set to start
activating in default.
213
Settings
Idle apps The idle applications
are displayed. Set
idle time period and
notication interval.
The idle time period
is counted from the
day the application is
downloaded or from
the last day when it is
activated.
Conrming the applications in use
■ Using application information screen
a From the Home screen, u
"Settings" u "Apps" u tap an
application on "RUNNING" tab
• You can stop the service or conrm the
report.
■ Using a menu
a From the Home screen, u
"Settings" u "Apps" u tap on
"RUNNING" tab
b"Show cached processes"/"Show
running services"
Slide Aside
You can save the running applications and
bring them back when necessary.
The applications you saved will be hidden on
the left side of the screen. You can save up to
three applications.
• To save applications, you need to use three
ngers to ick to left side. The applications
will be saved to slide aside and a message is
displayed on the status bar.
• To bring them back, you need to use three
ngers to ick to right side. If you only saved
one application, it will be brought back easily.
If there are two or three applications, Slide
Aside window opens. Tap the one you want to
use.
a From the Home screen, u
"Settings" u "Slide Aside"
bTurn on "Slide Aside"
214
Settings
PERSONAL
Set docomo service/cloud, Accounts & sync,
Guest mode, Location access, Security,
Language & input, Backup & reset etc.
docomo service/cloud
Set the docomo services/cloud.
docomo cloud
Set docomo cloud usage
and manage usage.
Application
manager
Set the settings for regular
update conrmation, etc.
docomo Wi-Fi
Easy
Connection
Set up docomo Wi-Fi/Home
Wi-Fi connection to use it
easily and conveniently.
Wi-Fi settings
for docomo
apps
Make setting for using
docomo applications while
connecting to Wi-Fi.
docomo apps
password
Set a password for docomo
applications.
• The initial setting is "0000".
AUTO-GPS Set the AUTO-GPS function
and view the location logs.
docomo
location
information
Set settings for imadoco
search/imadocokantan
search/Keitai-Osagashi
Service.
Data usage
check
Set data usage cycle, start/
stop measuring for data
usage check.
SD card
backup
Backup/restore the data
such as phonebook by using
external record such as
microSD card. (P186)
Open source
licenses
Open source licenses are
displayed.
Note
• There are some applications can be
disabled in the applications displayed
in docomo service/cloud. Those
applications may not be displayed in
docomo service/cloud list.
• If you download new applications provided
by docomo, those items may be added
and displayed in docomo service/cloud
list.
215
Settings
Accounts & sync
Add or delete an account used in this terminal,
such as Google account. Set synchronization
settings.
Guest mode
Set Home screen settings for guest users
when using this terminal.
Use Guest mode Set if use Guest mode or
not.
Set pattern Set pattern to unlock
screen for Guest mode.
Set apps Set applications to be
viewed in Guest mode.
Help Help of Guest mode is
displayed.
Location access
Set GPS settings, etc.
Access to
my location
Turn on/o󰮏 Access to my
location function.
LOCATION SOURCES
GPS
satellites
Set if allow applications to use
GPS to identify your current
location.
Wi-Fi &
mobile
network
location
Set if use Google location
access services to quickly
detect the user's location.
Anonymous location data is
collected and forwarded to
Google.
GPS
notication
Set if play back audio and
vibrate while GPS is searching
for location information.
216
Settings
Security
Set password settings.
ENCRYPTION
Encrypt
phone*
Encrypt the system data
saved in internal storage.
Enter a PIN or password to
decrypt your terminal each
time when you power it on.
SIM CARD LOCK
Set up SIM
card lock
Set if lock SIM card (docomo
mini UIM card) or not. If you do,
set up the required settings.
PASSWORDS
Password
typing visible
Set if show the last
character of a hidden
password or not as you type.
DEVICE ADIMINISTRATION
Device
administrators
Select a device
administrator to activate in
this terminal.
Unknown
sources
Set if allow installation of
applications from sources
other than Google Play.
Verify apps Disallow or warn before
installation of applications
that may cause harm.
CREDECTIAL STORAGE
Trusted
credentials
Set if allow the application
to access the secure
certicates and other
certicate information.
Install from
storage
Install certicates from
storage.
Clear
credentials
Delete credential information
of all contents and VPN in
credential storage.
• To delete an installed
certicate, you need to
delete credential storage.
* To decrypt your terminal, you need to reset it
to the default settings. (P222)
217
Settings
Security code on this terminal
For convenient and secure use of this terminal,
you can set codes to lock this terminal and
network security codes to be used with
network services. You can make better use
of this terminal by using di󰮏erent codes
depending on the purposes.
■ Cautions on using security codes
• Avoid setting security codes using your
birthday, part of your phone number, your
address or room number, "1111" or "1234",
which can be easily guessed by others. Be
sure to write down the security codes and
store them in a safe location.
• Do not reveal your security codes to
others. DOCOMO is not responsible for
damage caused by misuse of your security
codes by others.
• If you forget your security codes, you need
to bring your identication document (driver's
license, etc.), this terminal and the docomo
mini UIM card to a docomo Shop. For details,
contact "General Inquiries" provided on the
back cover of this manual.
• Your PIN unblocking key is written in the
application form (copy for subscriber)
given at the time of contract. If you have
subscribed at a place other than a docomo
Shop, bring your identication document
(driver's license, etc.) and the docomo mini
UIM card to a docomo Shop, or contact
"General Inquiries" provided on the back cover
of this manual.
Network security code
The network security code is a 4-digit number
necessary for using the docomo Network
Services or identication at reception of
your request in docomo Shop or at docomo
Information Center, or when using "お客様サ
ポート(customer support)". It can be set to any
number at the subscription and also changed
later by yourself. You can change your network
security code to the new one through PC if
you have a "docomo ID/Password" on General
support site for PC "My docomo".
You can change from dmenu as follows. From
the Home screen, "dmenu" u " お客様サポート
へ (Customer support)" u " 各種お申込・お手続き
(Applications and procedures)".
• For information about "My docomo" and "お
客様サポート (Customer support)", refer to
P315.
218
Settings
PIN code
The docomo mini UIM card can set security
code named PIN code. This code is set to
"0000" at the time of subscription, but you can
subsequently change it.
PIN code is a 4- to 8-digit number that is
entered to check the user when the docomo
mini UIM card is inserted in this terminal or
this terminal power is turned on. It is intended
to prevent unauthorized use of this terminal
by a third party. You can use this terminal by
entering PIN code.
Note
• If you use a docomo mini UIM card that
has been currently used when you buy
a new terminal, use the same PIN code
that had been set on the current terminal.
The code is "0000" if the default setting
has not been changed.
• If you enter incorrect PIN code three
times in a row, the code will be locked.
In that case, unlock with "PIN unblocking
key".
PIN unblocking key
The PIN unblocking key is an 8-digit number
used to unblock the PIN code. You cannot
change it by yourself.
• If you enter the PIN unblocking key incorrectly
ten times in a row, the docomo mini UIM card
will be locked. If this happens, please contact
a docomo Shop.
Enabling PIN code
Set to PIN code required when the terminal is
turned on.
a From the Home screen, u
"Settings" u "Security"
b"Set up SIM card lock"
c"Lock SIM card"
dEnter PIN and tap "OK"
• Place a check mark in "Lock SIM card".
219
Settings
Changing PIN
Enable PIN beforehand.
a From the Home screen, u
"Settings" u "Security"
b"Set up SIM card lock"
c"Change SIM PIN"
• PIN is required.
dEnter the current PIN, and tap "OK"
• PIN is required.
eEnter a new PIN and tap "OK"
• PIN is required again.
fEnter the same PIN that you entered
in step 5 and tap "OK"
• PIN is changed.
Enter PIN
Follow the operations below if you are asked to
enter the PIN when turning on this terminal.
a Enter the PIN of the docomo mini
UIM card, and tap "OK"
Unlocking PIN
Follow the operations below to unlock PIN
when you have entered PIN incorrectly for 3
times in a row.
a From the PUK input screen, enter
PUK code and tap "OK"
bEnter a new PIN and tap "OK"
cEnter the same PIN as you entered
in step 2 and tap "OK"
220
Settings
Language & input
Set language and keyboard settings in this
terminal. You can also set voice input and
output settings.
Language Select a language you use in
this terminal.
Personal
dictionary
Procedures such as registration
are required when using the
character entry application
supplied by Google. You can
download the character entry
application provided by Google
from Google Play.
* Available only for character
input application on LatinIME
basis by Google.
KEYBOARD & INPUT METHODS
Default Select default keyboard and
input method.
Google
voice
typing
Tap to place a check mark
to use. Also tap to set the
settings.
LG
Japanese
keyboard
Tap to set settings.
LG
Keyboard
Tap to set settings.
Moji-
Henshu
Tap to set settings.
SPEECH
Voice
Search
Set settings related to voice
recognition in "Language",
"Speech output", "Block
o󰮏ensive words", "Hotword
detection", "Download o󰮑ine
speech recognition" and
"Bluetooth headset".
Text-to-
speech
output
Set speech settings. You can
set preferred engine, speech
rate and listen to an example.
MOUSE/TRACKPAD
Pointer
speed
Set pointer speed when this
terminal is connected a with
mouse or a trackpad.
221
Settings
Backup & reset
Initialize settings.
BACKUP & RESTORE
Backup my
data
Set to backup on the Google
server or not.
Backup
account
Set an account for backup.
Add an account to use as a
backup one in "Add account".
Automatic
restore
Restore the backed up
settings and data when
installing an application
again.
PERSONAL DATA
Factory data
reset
Delete all the data inside this
terminal.
Initializing this terminal
a From the Home screen, u
"Settings" u "Backup & reset"
b"Factory data reset" u "Reset
phone" u "Erase everything" u "OK"
Note
• Backup your data such as images,
videos and music on PC. For details
about connection method, refer to "File
Management" (P230) and "External
Device Connection" (P241).
222
Settings
SYSTEM
Set Date & time, Accessibility, PC connection,
Accessary and About phone.
Date & time
Set settings about date and time.
Automatic
date & time
Set the automatic retrieval of
date and time information via
the network.
Automatic
time zone
Set the automatic retrieval of
time zone information via the
network.
Set date Set date manually.
Set time Set time manually.
Select time
zone
Set time zone manually.
Use 24-hour
format
Set to display the time in 24-
hour or 12-hour format.
Select date
format
Set the date format.
Note
• If remove the check marks in both
"Automatic date & time" and "Automatic
time zone", set the date, time and time
zone manually.
223
Settings
Accessibility
Set application settings related to accessibility.
SERVICES
TalkBack Enable user assistance
services such as responding
to user operations via audio
and vibrations, reading out
text . Also set settings of
speech, other feedback,
touch exploration, etc.
VISION
Install web
scripts
Set if install scripts from
Google to make it easier to
access from applications to
web contents.
Large text Change to large font size.
Invert color You can view screen in
greater color contrast. Tap
and drag the screen to adjust
contrast, place a check mark
in "White on black" to invert
contrast.
Magnication
gestures
Zoom in or zoom out by triple-
tapping the screen.
Shades Set the screen brightness to
minimum level.
HEARING
Mono audio Change the stereo audio to
mono audio.
L/R (slide
bar)
Adjust the volume balance by
sliding to left or right.
PHYSICAL AND MOTOR
Touch & hold
delay
Select a touch response
sensitivity from "Short",
"Medium" and "Long".
Universal
touch
Set the Universal button to
use physical buttons and
gestures by touching and
dragging it.
SYSTEM
Auto-rotate
screen
Automatically switch the
screen to portrait display/
landscape display when this
terminal is rotated.
224
Settings
Speak
passwords
Use TalkBack to read the
input password out loud.
Power button
ends call
Press the power button to
end a call.
• If you place a check mark
here, you can press the
volume key to display the
calling screen when the
screen is black out and
locked during calling.
Easy access Triple-tap the home key to
toggle "TalkBack", "Invert
color" and "Universal touch".
You can also jump to
"Accessibility settings". When
you choose "Show all", you
can select functions to set
at any time.
Text-to-
speech
output
Set speech settings. You can
set preferred engine, speech
rate and listen to an example.
Note
• You can download and set applications compatible
with user assistance services from Google Play.
• If you authorize the usage of "SERVICES"
(TalkBack), be careful since personal information
such as credit card numbers, etc. might also
be recorded in exchanges via user interfaces.
If perchance, data and information which were
registered happen to be leaked, please be
forewarned that DOCOMO shall not bear any
responsibility.
• When "SERVICES" (TalkBack) is initially turned
on, a message inquiring whether to turn on the
Touch guide functions in conjunction with this will
be displayed. The Touch guide is a function which
can read aloud and display explanations of the
items where your nger is positioned. After you
once turn on the Touch guide functions, tap items
once to select them, after they are selected, then
double tapping and scrolling become a two nger
operation.
To turn o󰮏 the Touch guide individually, from the
Home screen, u "Settings" u "Accessibility"
u "TalkBack" u "Settings" u remove check mark
from "Explore by touch".
• When the Home screen is set to docomo LIVE UX,
"SERVICES" (TalkBack) may not function normally.
225
Settings
PC connection
Select USB connection method, set Wi-Fi
connection of PC Suite and On-Screen Phone.
USB CONNECTION
Select USB
connection
method
Set default USB connection
mode when connecting with a
PC. (P242)
Ask upon
connecting
Always check the USB
connection mode when
connecting with a PC.
Help Display the explanation of USB
connection mode.
LG SOFTWARE
PC Suite Allow or not allow Wi-Fi
connection to transfer music
and images between a PC and
this terminal.
On-Screen
Phone
Activate/deactivate On-Screen
Phone Wi-Fi connection.
Help Display the explanation of PC
Suite and On-Screen Phone
functions.
● What is LG PC Suite
LG PC Suite allows USB/Wi-Fi connection to
manage or transfer data between a PC and
this terminal.
On this terminal, you can use the multi-media
contents saved in your PC or manage and
transfer the applications you purchased at
market.
● About LG PC Suite
• For details on downloading the PC software
and other information, refer to the following
website.
From a PC
http://www.lg.com/jp/mobile-phones/
download-page/index.jsp (in Japanese only)
226
Settings
● What is LG On-Screen Phone (OSP)?
LG On-Screen Phone is a function for
displaying the screen of this terminal on
a PC, and for using mouse and keyboard
input on the PC for simple operation of this
terminal*.
It allows you to type using the keyboard
of the PC, receive notications of alarms,
schedules, incoming calls, and other
information on the PC, and exchange les
between the PC and terminal by dragging
and dropping them.
* Some functions available with this terminal
cannot be operated with LG On-Screen
Phone.
● About OSP
• For details on operating procedures,
downloading the PC software, and other
information, refer to the following website.
From a PC
http://www.lg.com/jp/mobile-phones/
download-page/index.jsp (in Japanese only)
Accessory
Set QuickWindow case L01 (optional), USB
storage and Earphone.
QuickWindow
case
Activate QuickWindow case
to use functions available on
the small view window.
• When you start calling
with QuickWindow case
covered, or when you cover
QuickWindow case during
calling, the screen black
out after three seconds.
• You can display the screen
during calling if you use
Screen on/o󰮏.
USB storage Set to display app panel or
not when connecting with
USB storage*. You can
select applications from "Edit
app panel".
Earphone
Set to display app panel or not
when connecting with earphone.
You can select applications
from "Edit app panel".
* It is required to meet USB On-the-Go (OTG)
standards.
227
Settings
● What is App panel?
With app panel, you can easily activate
applications when connecting with USB
storage or earphone which meet USB On-the-
Go (OTG) standards.
When you connect with USB storage or
earphone, the panel with applications you
set up will be displayed at the bottom of the
screen. Tap an application icon to activate it.
About phone
Information related to this terminal is displayed.
Phone name Set phone name for
Bluetooth, Wi-Fi Direct,
etc.
Update
Center
App
Updates
Update software of
LG Electronics Inc.
(P286)
Software
Update
Change software update
settings. (P277)
Upgrade
Android
software
Set if notify Android
upgrade or start
upgrading. (P283)
Network Network, mobile network
type, service state,
roaming, mobile network
state and IP address
are displayed.
Status Your phone number and
IMEI are displayed.
Battery Show battery condition.
228
Settings
Hardware
information
Model number (model
name), up time, Wi-Fi
MAC address and
Bluetooth address are
displayed.
Software
information
Android version, baseband
version, kernel version,
build number and software
version being used in this
terminal are displayed.
Legal information
LG apps rights agreement,
open source licenses
and Google legal are
displayed.
Regulatory and
Safety
Information such as
technical standard
convenance information
based on radio law
and wireless LAN are
displayed. (P297)
Checking condition of internal battery
a From the Home screen, u
"Settings" u "About phone" u
"Battery" u "Battery condition"
• From the "Battery condition" screen,
conrm the condition of the internal
battery.
• If you place a check mark in "Alarm battery
condition", when battery condition is bad,
you will receive a warning message.
229
Settings
File Management
Storage Structure
This Terminal (Internal Storage)
The folders made in this terminal (internal
storage) are shown below.
.dwnld
Temporary data saved during
downloading of application update
Alarms Alarm sound
Android Cache of Android OS
DCIM Photos or videos taken by this
camera
Download Downloaded data
Movies Video
Music Music
Notications Notication sound
Pictures Pictures
Podcasts Podcast
Preload
Preinstalled data when starting using
Ringtones Ringtone
microSD card (External
Storage)
You can connect this terminal with a supplied
microSD reader writer (sample) to save the
data stored in this terminal into a microSD
card, or import the data stored in a microSD
card to this terminal.
A microSD card can be used with any other
compatible devices.
• This terminal supports a microSD card of up
to 2 GB, a microSDHC card of up to 32 GB,
and a microSDXC card of up to 256 GB (as
of May 2015).
• A microSDXC card can only be used with
SDXC compatible devices. Do not insert a
microSDXC card into a device incompatible
with SDXC since it may cause damage to the
data stored in the microSDXC card.
• To use microSDXC card again with damaged
data inside, you need to initialize the
microSDXC card with an SDXC compatible
device (all data will be deleted).
230
File Management
• To data copy with an SDXC incompatible
device, please use a card that meets the
standard of a copy destination/copy source
device such as microSDHC card or microSD
card.
• Consult each microSD card manufacturer for
information about the compatible microSD
card.
• The UHS speed class of microSD card
supported by this terminal is class 1.
• The speed class of microSD card supported
by this terminal is up to class 10.
Inserting microSD card
a Insert microSD card deep into the
slot of microSD reader writer
• Inert microSD card with its metal contact
facing down and make sure to insert it
till the end of the slot. Inserting in wrong
direction may cause microSD card or slot
damage, or cause problem when removing
the card.
bInsert microSD reader writer into
microUSB connection terminal of
this terminal
• Insert horizontally with the mark of
microSD card facing up
Note
• microSD reader writer may get warm
during use. You can continue using it
without a problem.
231
File Management
Removing microSD card
• When removing microSD card, make sure to
unmount (safe removing) it before removing.
(P211)
a Pull out microSD reader writer from
this terminal
bHold microSD card with your
nger and slide it out of the slot of
microSD reader writer
File Operations
File or Folder Operations
Use "File Manager" to show or manage the data
inside this terminal or microSD card.
Storage in this terminal
a From the Home screen, "File
Manager"
bFrom the "File Manager" screen, tap
"All les"/"Music"/"Image"/"Video"/
"Document"
cTap a folder or le
• Tap a le to display/play back with the
application.
• Touch and hold down a folder/le to
delete/move/copy/rename (change
name). When selecting move/copy,
display the folder you want to move/copy
to and tap "OK".
• Tap to create a folder.
232
File Management
Cloud storage
a From the Home screen, "File
Manager"
bFrom the "File Manager" screen, tap
"Dropbox"
• To use Dropbox, you need to have a
Dropbox account. Follow the on-screen
instructions.
Searching Data
a From the Home screen, "File
Manager"
bFrom the "File Manager" screen, tap
"All les"/"Music"/"Image"/"Video"/
"Document"
c u enter keyword(s) you want to
search
233
File Management
Data Communication
Bluetooth Communication
Connect this terminal to Bluetooth devices
wirelessly, to exchange data.
• For Bluetooth compatible version or prole,
refer to "Main Specications" (P287).
• For Bluetooth setting and operation
procedure, refer to the manual of the
Bluetooth devices being connected.
•
We do not guarantee that this terminal can be
connected to all Bluetooth devices wirelessly.
■ Notes on using Bluetooth function
• The distance between this terminal and
another Bluetooth device should be kept within
approximately 10 m with no obstructions in
sight. The detectable distance may be shorter
than 10 m when there are obstructions
between this terminal and a Bluetooth device, or
depending on the conditions of the surroundings
(such as walls or furniture) and the structure of
a building. Especially when there is a wall or oor
of reinforced concrete between them, they may
be unable to connect with each other. Note the
above mentioned distance is not guaranteed.
• Make sure to keep this terminal 2 m or
more away from another device such as
home electric appliances, AV devices,
OA devices, etc. Microwave oven can
easily a󰮏ect Bluetooth function, so keep
this terminal 3 m or more away from
the microwave oven. Otherwise, normal
connection cannot be performed when
nearby electric devices are powered on.
TVs and radios may receive noise or video
interference.
• Move the Bluetooth device to a place where
connection is available when there is a
broadcast station or radio near the Bluetooth
device or else this terminal cannot be
connected to the device. Strong radio waves
may prevent from connection between this
terminal and the Bluetooth device.
• Wireless connection is available when
Bluetooth device is put in a bag or pocket.
However, lowering of communication
speed or noise may result when you are
in between the Bluetooth device and this
terminal.
234
Data Communication
• The radio wave from Bluetooth may a󰮏ect
the operation of medical electronics etc.
Bluetooth communication in some cases
may result in an accident, so turn o󰮏 this
terminal and other Bluetooth devices in the
following places.
- On trains
- On airplanes
- In hospitals
- Near automatic doors or re alarms
- In places such as gas stations where
ammable gas is generated
■ Reception interference caused by wireless
LAN devices
• As this terminal's Bluetooth device and
wireless LAN devices use the same
frequency (2.4 GHz), reception interference
may occur or the communications speed
may lower if you use the Bluetooth device
near the wireless LAN devices. Also, you
may hear noise or have a connection
problem. In these cases, do the following:
- Keep the Bluetooth device over 10 m
away from a wireless LAN device.
- Within 10 m, turn o󰮏 either the Bluetooth
device or the wireless LAN device.
■ Pass code (PIN) of Bluetooth function
• Pass code (PIN) is an authentication
code to enter when accessing Bluetooth
devices for the rst time to recognize and
permit the connection each other. Entering
the same pass code (PIN) (up to 16 single
byte alphanumeric characters) on each
sending/receiving device is required.
• On this terminal, pass code may
sometimes be displayed as "PIN".
235
Data Communication
Turning ON Bluetooth Function to
Make this Terminal Discoverable
a From the Home screen, u
"Settings" u "Bluetooth"
bTurn on "Bluetooth"
cPlace a check mark in terminal name
• This terminal is becoming detectable on
other Bluetooth device.
• From "Bluetooth" screen, tap u
"Visibility timeout" u "2 minutes"/"5
minutes"/"1 hour"/"Never time out" to set
the time of being detectable.
Note
• When you do not use Bluetooth function,
turn it o󰮏 to save the battery.
• The setting of the Bluetooth ON/OFF
is not changed even when the power is
turned o󰮏.
Changing the name of this terminal
You can change the name of this terminal
displayed on another device when
communicating via Bluetooth.
a From the Home screen, u
"Settings" u "Bluetooth"
bTurn on Bluetooth
c u "Edit phone name"
dEnter a name u "Save"
236
Data Communication
Pairing/Connecting with Other
Bluetooth Device
To transfer data by Bluetooth communication,
perform pairing (pairing setting) with other
device in advance, and then register it to this
terminal.
• Depending on Bluetooth devices, there are
devices with only pairing and those conduct
till connection.
a From the Home screen, u
"Settings" u "Bluetooth" u "Search
for devices"
• Detected Bluetooth devices list is
displayed.
bTap a desired device to connect
with u "Pair"
• If pass code (PIN) is set on the Bluetooth
device, enter pass code (PIN) and tap
"OK".
• Depending on Bluetooth devices,
when tapping a device and wait till the
pairing completes, connection may be
established successively.
Note
• Even for devices requiring pass code
(PIN) when pairing, once pairing is
performed, it is not necessary to enter
the pass code (PIN) to reconnect after
disconnected as long as the paring is not
canceled.
• You can set pairing even if it is a
device unable to connect such as an
incompatible prole. However, it cannot
be connected even if you tap the device.
• Tap on the paired device u
"Connection access" to select whether to
always conrm automatic connection or
not.
• Devices that are not compatible with
SCMS-T cannot play data such as music
data despite the types of audio related
data.
237
Data Communication
When answering pairing request from
another device
When a screen asking for pairing when
connecting Bluetooth is displayed, tap "Pair"
or enter pass code (PIN) if required, then tap
"OK".
Canceling pairing
a Tap beside the device that you
want to unpair from the "PAIRED
DEVICES" list u "Unpair"
Sending/Receiving Data via
Bluetooth Function
• Turn on Bluetooth function beforehand to
make this terminal detectable.
Sending data via Bluetooth function
You can send data of phonebook (name card
data in vcf format), les such as photos or
videos, etc. to another Bluetooth device (PC
etc.).
• For sending, perform the operation from
the menu such as "Share"/"Send" of each
application.
Example: Sending a photo from Gallery
a Pairing/connecting this terminal
with another Bluetooth device
(P237)
bFrom the Home screen, "Apps" u
"Gallery" u select and display the
photo you want to send
238
Data Communication
c u "Bluetooth" u select a
Bluetooth device
• To send multiple photos at a time, on
the photo list screen u "Select all" or
place check marks on photos to send
u "Share" u "Bluetooth" u select a
Bluetooth device.
dReceive the data by following the
on-screen instructions on the device
of the recipient
Receiving data via Bluetooth function
a Set this terminal to detectable
bTap "Accept" when Bluetooth
authorization request screen is
displayed
• appears in the status bar, and data
reception starts.
• You can conrm data reception on the
notication panel.
• Message screen appears at the bottom
screen after receiving data.
NFC Communication
NFC is short for Near Field Communication.
It is an international standard proximity
wireless communication system determined
by ISO (International Organization for
Standardization). This terminal enables non-
contact IC card function, Reader/writer
function (R/W), peer-to-peer communication
function (P2P), etc.
Use NFC function to transfer data with other
compatible devices.
• About notes on holding over device → P142
Android Beam
You can transmit and receive data with a device
equipped with Reader/Writer, P2P functions.
• Activate Reader/Writer, P2P functions
beforehand, and turn the "Android Beam" ON.
• If NFC/Osaifu-Keitai is set to lock, Android
beam cannot be used.
• Depending on the application, Android beam
may not be used.
•
We do not guarantee any communication with a
terminal equipped with Reader/Writer, P2P functions.
• If terms of use screen is displayed when
sending or receiving data, conrm the contents
and follow the on-screen instructions.
239
Data Communication
Transmitting data
Transmit les of browser webpages, contacts,
images and video to other NFC compatible
terminals.
Example: To transmit images from Gallery
a Activate both Reader/Writer and
P2P function on both this terminal
and the receiving end terminal, then
turn "Android Beam" ON (P199)
bFrom the Home screen, "Apps"
u "Gallery" u select an image to
transmit
cAlign the mark on this terminal
and the receiving end terminal, and
bring them close together
• The beam sending tone sounds, and
beam share screen is displayed.
dTap beam share screen
• The beam receiving tone on receiving
end terminal sounds, and beam reception
starts.
Sending data
a Activate both Reader/Writer and
P2P function on both this terminal
and the transmitting end terminal,
then turn "Android Beam" ON
(P199)
bAlign the mark on this terminal
and the transmitting end terminal,
and bring them close together
• The beam reception tone sounds, and
beam reception starts.
• is displayed in the status bar.
• Reception status can be conrmed via
the notication panel.
• After reception ends, a message is
displayed on the status bar.
240
Data Communication
External Device Connection
Connecting with a PC
You can synchronize data, such as music, with
"Windows Media Player" on your PC by connecting
this terminal with your PC via the microUSB cable
01 (optional), and drag and drop the data to transfer
it between the PC and this terminal.
• To recognize this terminal on your PC, a
dedicated driver and Windows Media Player
11 or later are required.
- For details about how to download and
operate the dedicated driver, refer to the
homepage below.
http://www.lg.com/jp/mobile-phones/
download-page/index.jsp (in Japanese only)
- You can download the latest Windows
Media Player on Microsoft website.
http://windows.microsoft.com/en-us/
windows/download-windows-media-player
• Some functions such as shooting and playing
a video may not work while this terminal is
being connected with a PC.
• Some data may not be available due to copyright.
Note
• To operate a le, operating environment
on PC side is shown as follows:
- OS*: Windows 8/Windows 7/Windows
Vista/Windows XP (Service Pack 3 or
later)
- Windows Media Player: Windows Media
Player 11 or later
* We do not guarantee operations
conducted in environment with
upgraded OS or in added/changed
environment.
• Backup your data saved in the internal
storage in both this terminal and the
microSD card to PC.
• On this terminal, it may not be able to
properly display or play the data imported
from other devices such as a PC to
the internal storage in this terminal.
Additionally, data imported to a PC from
this terminal may not be able to display
or play properly on other devices.
241
External Device Connection
Connecting this Terminal with a PC
a Insert the microUSB connector of
microUSB cable 01 (optional) into the
microUSB connection terminal of this
terminal
• Insert the microUSB connector
horizontally with the USB mark facing up.
b
Connect the USB connector of
microUSB cable to the USB port of PC
• This terminal is recognized automatically
by PC.
• If a request of installing a device driver is
displayed on your PC, cancel it.
• When "Install PC programs" screen is
displayed on this terminal, tap "Cancel".
• is displayed in the status bar.
• The "Select USB connection method"
screen is displayed on this terminal. If the
"Select USB connection method" screen
is not displayed, drag or swipe the status
bar downward to open notication panel,
and tap "USB connected".
• The following items are displayed in
"Select USB connection method" screen.
Charge
phone
Select it to charge only.
(P42)
Media sync
(MTP)
Select it to synchronize PC
and media le. (P244)
LG
software
Select it to connect with a
PC using software provided
by LG Electronics Inc.
Send
images
(PTP)
Select it to transfer photo
les by camera application
or transfer di󰮏erent les that
are not supported from PC
by MTP.
242
External Device Connection
c"Charge phone"/"Media sync
(MTP)"/"LG software"/"Send images
(PTP)"
Note
• While connecting with a PC, drag or
swipe the status bar down to open the
notication panel, and then tap "USB
connected" to display the "Select USB
connection method" screen. You can
change the USB connection type here.
• To change the default USB connection
mode when connecting with a PC, from
the Home screen tap u "Settings"
u "PC connection" u "Select USB
connection method".
• When USB connection mode is set to
"Send images (PTP)", only the image les
of "DCIM" folder and "Pictures" folder in
internal storage are displayed.
• Do not turn o󰮏 this terminal during
reading or writing data.
• Do not unplug microUSB cable during
reading or writing data. Loss of data may
cause.
Transferring Data with PC
a Connect this terminal with a PC via
the microUSB cable 01 (optional)
(P242)
• The "Select USB connection method"
screen is displayed.
bSet USB connection mode to "Media
sync (MTP)" (P242)
cOpen "コンピューター (Computer)"
and select phone name of this
terminal on PC side
• The driver inside this terminal (internal
storage) is displayed.
• The screen displayed when connecting
with a PC may di󰮏er depending on the
operation environment (OS).
dSelect "Internal storage"
eDrag and drop data between this
terminal and the PC
243
External Device Connection
Synchronizing Data with
Windows Media Player
You can synchronize music and videos with
Windows Media Player library on PC. In
this way, music and videos with copyright
protection can be synchronized as well as the
copyright information.
a Connect this terminal with a PC via
the microUSB cable 01 (optional)
(P242)
bSet USB connection mode to "Media
sync (MTP)" (P242)
cActivate Windows Media Player and
synchronize on PC side
Note
• For details about Windows Media Player,
refer to Windows Media Player help.
Removing this Terminal from PC
a After making sure that no data is
being transferred, unplug microUSB
cable 01 (optional) from both this
terminal and PC
Note
• Do not power o󰮏 this terminal or
remove the microUSB cable during data
transferring. It may cause data loss.
244
External Device Connection
Connecting with a Wi-Fi
Supported Printer
You can print browser images or pictures with
a Wi-Fi supported printer.
• For operation method about Wi-Fi supported
printer, check the instruction manual.
• This terminal and the printer need to be
connected with either the same Wi-Fi network
or the same Wi-Fi Direct.
• The following le formats are compatible to a
Wi-Fi supported printer.
■ File formats available to print out
Image le jpeg, jpg, png, ti󰮏, gif, bmp,
x-ms-bmp
Wireless Print
Example: Printing out pictures from Gallery
a From the Home screen, "Apps" u
"Gallery"
b
Select a picture you want to print out
c u "Print"
d"Auto"/"Manual"
eFollow the on-screen instructions
Connecting with Other
Devices
Using SmartShare Beam
Use SmartShare Beam to send or receive
contents.
Setting SmartShare Beam
Set to publish the contents on this terminal on
other client devices.
a From the Home screen, u
"Settings" u "More..." u "SmartShare
Beam"
bTurn on "SmartShare Beam"
• Tap "Device name" to change phone
name.
• Place a check mark in "Auto-accept
requests" to accept requests from other
clients automatically.
• Tap "Timeout" to set up time duration
till it turns o󰮏 automatically when
SmartShare Beam is not being used.
245
External Device Connection
Sending les to client device via
SmartShare Beam
You can send contents in this terminal to other
client devices.
Example: Sending pictures from Gallery
a From the Home screen, "Apps" u
"Gallery"
bSelect a picture you want to send
c u "Beam"
• You can also set up by u "SmartShare
Beam".
dTap a device to send the picture
• When sending via Wi-Fi Direct, turn on
SmartShare Beam on the client device
of the receiving side beforehand and
register the device in "Add device".
• When sending via Bluetooth function,
pairing with a client device of the receiving
side beforehand and register the device in
"Add device".
• When the device is not displayed, tap
"Rescan" to scan the device.
• It is sent when Bluetooth is connected.
• When connecting Wi-Fi Direct, the device
is checked with check mark. When adding
a device of the sending side, place a
check mark in another device.
e"Send"
Receiving les to client device via
SmartShare Beam
You can receive contents from other client
devices.
a When "File transfer" screen is
displayed, tap "Yes"/"Accept"
• is displayed on the status bar. Data
reception starts.
• You can conrm the reception condition
from notication panel.
• When data is received, a message screen
is displayed at the bottom of the screen.
246
External Device Connection
Connecting with TV
You can connect this terminal with a TV to
display videos and pictures.
•
To connect this terminal with a TV, use a SlimPort
supported cable or SlimPort supported accessory.
• HDMI terminal, HDTV terminal, VGA terminal
or DisplayPort terminal is necessary on the
TV being connected with.
• Depending on TV, the required SlimPort
supported cable or SlimPort supported
accessory may di󰮏er.
• We do not guarantee any operations with
SlimPort supported cables and SlimPort
supported accessories.
• Connect from TV side in order.
• To connect with a TV, refer to the instruction
manual of TV or SlimPort supported cable, or
the instruction manual of SlimPort supported
accessories.
•
To connect a SlimPort supported accessory,
refer to the instruction manual of SlimPort
supported accessories.
•
When connecting this terminal with a SlimPort
supported accessory, conrm the direction
of the microUSB connector and insert it
horizontally.
Note
<Usage of SlimPort supported cable or
SlimPort supported accessory>
• Video or audio may not be output properly
when connecting with a TV which does
not support HDCP. Depending on the
contents, some may not allowed to
output from the content provider, some
may be checked on due to the functional
issues.
• When starting outputting, images may
not be displayed properly due to output
mode switch problem depending on the
TV being connected with. In that case,
switch input mode by TV remote.
• Depending on the TV being connected
with, data output from this terminal may
not be able to show full size. Change the
TV display setting to adjust it.
• When connecting with a SlimPort supported
cable, hold the SlimPort supported cable
and do not lift this terminal.
• When not displaying on TV, remove the
SlimPort supported cable or SlimPort
supported accessory.
• When connecting a cable, signal may get
inuenced by your using environment.
247
External Device Connection
Displaying on Wi-Fi Miracast
Supported Device via Wi-Fi
Connection
Connect this terminal and a Wi-Fi Miracast
supported device via Wi-Fi connection to show
videos and pictures on TV or a display.
• Turn on Wi-Fi function beforehand.
a From the Home screen, u
"Settings" u "More..." u "Miracast"
bTurn on "Miracast"
• Tap "Search" if the Wi-Fi Miracast
supported device you want to connect is
not displayed.
• If the Wi-Fi Miracast supported device you
connected last time is detected, it will be
connected automatically.
cTap a Wi-Fi Miracast supported
device
Disconnecting Wi-Fi Miracast
supported device
a Tap a device to disconnect u "OK"
Note
• Video or audio may not be output properly
when connecting with a device which
does not support HDCP. Depending on
the contents, some may not allowed to
output from the content provider, some
may be checked on due to the functional
issues.
• When you have an incoming call during
connection, the incoming call screen is
also displayed in the connected device.
• For some applications, contents is
displayed in the connected device.
Operations such as playback in this
terminal are available.
248
External Device Connection
Using Overseas
Overview of International
Roaming (WORLD WING)
The international roaming service (WORLD
WING) allows you to use your terminal in the
service areas of overseas operators a󰮐liated
with DOCOMO, with the same phone number
and email address. Calls and SMS can be used
without changing settings.
● Available network
This terminal is placed in class 4. You
can use it in 3G network and GSM/GPRS
network service areas. It can also be used in
countries/regions supporting 3G 850MHz/
GSM 850MHz networks. Please check the
information about the available areas.
● Before using this terminal overseas, read
the following items.
• "Mobile Phone User's Guide [International
Services]"
• DOCOMO "International Services website"
● Since overseas is outside of Xi area, please
use a 3G network or GSM/GPRS network.
Note
• For information of a country code,
an international call access code,
an international prex for universal
number, available countries or areas and
international network operators, read
"Mobile Phone User's Guide [International
Services]" or the DOCOMO "International
Services website".
249
Using Overseas
Available Services
Main
communication
service
3G 3G850 GSM
(GPRS)
Calls ○ ○ ○
SMS ○ ○ ○
Email* ○ ○ ○
Browser* ○ ○ ○
(○:Available　×:Unavailable)
* To use data communication while roaming,
set the data roaming to ON. (P253)
• Some services are not available depending on
the overseas operator or the network being
used.
Conrming before Using
Conrming before Departure
Before using this terminal overseas, check the
following information in Japan.
● Contract
Check whether you have applied for WORLD
WING. For more details, contact "General
Inquiries" on the back cover of this instruction
manual.
● Battery Charge
Use optional "AC Adapter 03" or "AC Adapter
04" for overseas charging.
● Charges
• Fees are charged di󰮏erently (call fee,
packet communication fee) for overseas
use from the charge in Japan.
• Auto communication may start depending
on the applications you use, therefore
packet communication fees may become
high. Ask the supplier for operating
conditions of each application.
250
Using Overseas
Pre-conguring
● Network service conguration
If you have subscribed Network service, voice mail
service, call forwarding service, number notication
service, etc. are available overseas. However, some
network services are unavailable.
• Starting "Remote operation settings" service is required
when using networks service overseas. You also can
set "Remote operation settings" after arriving abroad.
• Network service may not be available to use
depending on the network operator you are using
abroad even if you can set or cancel the settings.
Conrming Overseas
When you arrive at overseas, this terminal
automatically connects to an available network
operator when it is powered on.
● About connections
If you place a check mark in "Choose automatically"
in "Network operators", your terminal searches and
connects to the optimum network automatically.
When using network of a nation or an area where
at-rate service is applicable, the cost for using
packet communication in overseas will be a at-
rate per day. You need subscription to use packet
at-rate service in Japan. For details, refer to the
"Mobile Phone User's Guide [International Services]"
and in DOCOMO "International service website".
● About screen display
• R (during roaming) is displayed in status
bar.
Icon Network Type
/
Roaming available/communicating
• You can check the connected network
operator name through notication panel.
● About date & time
If you place a check mark in "Automatic
date & time" and "Automatic time zone" in
"Date & time", the time and time zone of
this terminal's clock will be automatically
changed when information about the local
time and time zone is received from the
network of the overseas operator to which
you are connected.
• The automatic time/time zone setting
may not work properly depending on the
overseas operator. In that case, set the
time zone manually.
• The timing of these changes may di󰮏er
depending on the overseas operators.
• "Date & time" → P223
251
Using Overseas
● Inquiries
• If your terminal or docomo mini UIM card is
lost or stolen overseas, contact DOCOMO
immediately from your current location and
carry out the procedure to suspend usage.
For contact information, refer to the back
cover of this manual. Please note that you
are liable for any call or communication
charges incurred after the loss or theft of
this terminal.
• You will need the country's "international
call access code" or "universal number
international prex" if calling from a land-
line phone overseas.
After Returning to Japan
When you return to Japan, this terminal
automatically connects to the docomo network.
If it is unable to connect, change the following
settings.
• Set "Network Mode" in "Mobile networks" to
"LTE/3G/GSM (Auto)". (P252)
• Set "Network operators" in "Mobile networks"
to "Choose automatically". (P253)
Settings for Using Overseas
At the time of rst time purchasing, it is set
to automatically search and connect to the
available network. When changing to another
network manually, follow the operations below
to set.
Setting Network Mode
a From the Home screen, u
"Settings" u "More..." u "Mobile
networks" u "Network Mode"
b"LTE/3G/GSM (Auto)"/
"LTE/3G"/"GSM"
Note
• If you change the network mode
during data communication, the data
communication will be stopped and the
network service will be disconnected.
252
Using Overseas
Setting Network Operators
Setting manually
a From the Home screen, u
"Settings" u "More..." u "Mobile
networks" u "Network operators"
b"Search networks"
• Search and display available networks.
• When error occurs during searching
network, remove the check make in "Data
enabled" and execute it again.
cSelect a network of network
operators
• Conrm the message in Attention screen
and tap "Yes".
Selecting automatically
a From the Home screen, u
"Settings" u "More..." u "Mobile
networks" u "Network operators"
bPlace a check mark in "Choose
automatically"
Note
• If you set the operator manually, this
terminal will not automatically switch to
another available operator even when you
move out of its service area.
• If you set the operator manually, set to
"Select automatically" after returning to
Japan.
• If you tap "Search networks" during data
communication via 3G network, "Please
disable data access and retry later." is
displayed.
• Tap "Search networks" during data
communication via GSM/GPRS network
to terminate data communication and
search for networks.
Data Roaming Settings
a From the Home screen, u
"Settings" u "More..." u "Mobile
networks"
b
Place a check mark in "Data roaming"
cConrm the message in Attention
screen and tap "OK"
253
Using Overseas
How to Make and Receive
Calls at your Location
Making Calls to Other
Countries (including Japan)
You can use the international roaming
service to make calls to other countries while
overseas.
• For information about available countries and
operators, refer to "Mobile Phone User's Guide
[International Services]".
a From the Home screen, "Phone" u
"Dial" tab
bEnter "+" (touch and hold down "0")
u country code u area code u other
party's phone number in order
• If the area code begins with "0", remove
the rst "0" when entering the number.
However, "0" may be required in some
countries and regions such as Italy.
c
dTap "End" to end the call
Note
• When placing a check mark in "Automatic
conversion function" of "International dial
assist", enter a number starts from area
code the same as when you call in Japan
u u tap "Converted number".
Making a Call Domestically
You can make a call to the other party's land-
line phone or a mobile phone in the same way
as in Japan.
a From the Home screen, "Phone" u
"Dial" tab
bEnter the other party's phone
number
• To make a call to a land-line phone, enter
the area code and the other party's phone
number.
c
dTap "End" to end the call
254
Using Overseas
Making a Call to WORLD
WING Users
When the other party that you are making a
call to is a WORLD WING user, make a call as
if you are making an international call to Japan
even if the other party is in the country in
which you are staying.
• Dial "+" and "81" (country code of Japan)
rst and then dial the phone number omitting
the "0" at the beginning as if you are making
a call to Japan because the call is routed
through Japan regardless of the destination.
Receiving Calls Overseas
You can receive calls in the same way as in
Japan.
Note
• When you receive a call while using the
international roaming service, the call
is forwarded internationally from Japan,
regardless of the country from which
the call is made. The call is charged
the same as the call to Japan, and the
receiver is charged the incoming call
charge.
• Even if the other party has made a call
with notication of the Caller ID set,
you may not be notied of the Caller ID
depending on the overseas operator.
Also, the number you are notied of may
di󰮏er from the other party's Caller ID
depending on the network that the other
party is using.
• "Reject unregistered call" may not be
declined during use overseas. (P109)
255
Using Overseas
Making a Call from Other
Parties
● Having the other party call you overseas
from Japan
Have the other party call you by dialing your
phone number in the same way as you do
when you are in Japan.
● Having the other party call you overseas
from a country outside Japan
You need to have the other party dial the
international call access code and "81"
regardless of the destination because the
call is routed through Japan.
International call access code of the country
in which the caller is staying is -81-90 (or
80) -xxxx-xxxx
Setting International
Roaming
Congure settings of calls made from overseas
by using the international roaming service.
• These settings may not be available
depending on the overseas operator you use.
a From the Home screen, "Phone" u
u "Call settings" u "Roaming
settings"
bChange the settings if necessary
Restricting
incoming
calls*1
Activate restricting
Deactivate restricting
Conrm settings
Incoming
notication
while
roaming*2
Activate notication
Deactivate notication
Conrm notication
settings
Roaming
guidance*3
Activate service
Deactivate service
Conrm settings
256
Using Overseas
International
dial assist
Automatic conversation
function
Country code
International prex
Network
service*1, *4
Remote
operation(charged)
Caller ID notication
request service(charged)
Roaming call
notication(charged)
Roaming
guidance(charged)
Voice mail(charged)
Call forwarding(charged)
*1 To set it, it is necessary to enter your
network security code.
*2 If you have an incoming call while the
terminal is powered o󰮏 or out of service
area, SMS will notify you when you turn
on the terminal or move to service area.
(free)
*3 If enabled, notication will be made to
the caller saying that you are overseas.
*4 It is required to set remote operation
settings beforehand. When calling
from overseas, the call is charged.
Depending on the network you use
overseas, you may not be able to set
it.
257
Using Overseas
Appendix/Index
Introduction of Options
and Related Devices
You can use this terminal for both personal
and business purposes through combining with
various optional devices. Some products may
not be available in some certain areas.
For details, please contact a service counter
such as a docomo Shop. For details about
options, refer to the related instruction manuals.
• Wireless Earphone Set 02/03
• Bone conduction microphone/receiver 02
• Carry Case 02
• Pocket Charger 01/02
• AC Adapter 03/04
• AC Adapter Converter Plug TypeC 01
• MicroUSB Cable 01
• DC Adapter 03
• DriveNetCradle 01
• In-Car Hands-Free Kit 01
• QuickWindow Case L01
• L-03E*
• SmartTV dstick 01
* Available to use as a charger to this terminal.
Samples (microSD Reader
Writer/UIM Opener)
• Samples are excluded in the free repair
warranty.
• The specication and appearance are subject
to change for better without notice.
• Contact "Contact for Samples" on the back
cover of this manual for sample repair.
■ Disclaimer
LG Electronics Inc. takes no responsibility for
the following items.
•
Damage caused by using or not using this
product, lost earnings, and third party claims
• Damage caused as a result of not following
the instructions manual when using this
product
• Data loss or damage caused during using
this product
- LG Electronics Inc. does not do data
restoration or recovery.
•
Damage caused by errors due to a combination
of connected devices and software
258
Appendix/Index
microSD Reader Writer
Use microSD reader writer to transfer data
between this terminal and microSD card since
this terminal does not support the usage by
inserting microSD card.
• For details about how to use microSD read
writer, refer to "microSD card (External
Storage) " (P230).
■ Main specications
Operating voltage
4.2 V to 5.8 V
External
dimensions
Length: approx. 30 mm
Width: approx. 15.5 mm
Thickness: approx. 6.5 mm
Weight Approx. 3.4 g
■ Material list
Part Material/Surface Treatment
microSD reader
writer
Case Lupoy SC1002FH-
KPA1/Etching-SA06
microSD reader
writer connector
PBS (C5210)/gold plating
15u"
microSD reader
writer slot
SHELL SUS304
UIM Opener
Help to attach or detach docomo mini UIM
card.
• For details about how to use UIM opener,
refer to "docomo mini UIM card" (P36).
■ Main specications
External
dimensions
Length: approx. 17.7 mm
Width: approx. 12.5 mm
Thickness: approx. 0.6 mm
Weight Approx. 0.5 g
■ Material list
Part Material/Surface Treatment
UIM opener SUS304
259
Appendix/Index
Troubleshooting (FAQs)
Troubleshooting
• First, check whether software update is
required. If so, update the software. (Updating
Software → P277)
• If it does not improve after conrming the
check items, contact "Repairs" (in Japanese
only) on the back cover of this manual or a
repair counter specied by DOCOMO.
■ Power supply
Symptom Check item
Power does
not turn on
• Is the battery dead?
→ P39
Screen
is frozen,
cannot power
o󰮏
• Force quit or restart this
terminal when screen is
frozen or when power cannot
be turned o󰮏.
– Press the power key for
over 10 seconds (two
seconds when it is force
restarting) to force quit.
– Press the power key for
over eight seconds to
restart.
* Note that data or
settings may get lost
caused by force quit or
restart.
260
Appendix/Index
■ Charging
Symptom Check item
Cannot
charge
LED
notication
light does not
light up or
blink
•
Is the adapter plug and cigar
lighter plug properly inserted
into power outlet or cigar
lighter socket?
•
Are the adapter and this
terminal set properly?
•
When using the AC adapter
(optional), is the AC adapter
rmly connected to this
terminal?
•
When using USB HUB, is
rated voltage keeping steady?
Check the charging method.
→P42
•
Any call or data
communication while
charging, or using other
functions for a long time
may result in this terminal
getting hot and notication
LED light may blink. In this
case, charge again after this
terminal cools down.
Symptom Check item
"Please
connect
charger."
appears on
the screen
• Charge the internal battery if
the battery is low. → P39
261
Appendix/Index
■ Terminal operations
Symptom Check item
Becomes
hot during
operation or
charging
• This terminal, internal
battery or adapter may
become hot during
operations or charging, or
when viewing applications
or 1Seg for a long time
while charging. This is not
an operation hazard, so you
can continue using them.
Symptom Check item
Battery life is
short
•
This terminal, internal battery
or adapter may become hot
during operations or charging,
or when shooting videos or
using 1Seg for a long time
while charging. This is not an
operation hazard, so you can
continue using them.
•
The operating time of the
internal battery varies
depending on operating
environment and degradation
of the internal battery.
•
The internal battery is a
consumable accessory.
Every time when you charge
the battery, usable time will
become short. When usage
time becomes extremely
short even after charging
fully, contact "Repairs" (in
Japanese only) on the back
cover of the instruction
manual or a repair counter
specied by DOCOMO.
262
Appendix/Index
Symptom Check item
Keys do not
respond
• Has the screen been
locked? → P207
Screen
response to
key press is
slow
• It might occur if a large
amount of data is saved
in terminal or data with
extremely large size are
processed between this
terminal and microSD card.
The docomo
mini UIM card is
not recognized
• Is the docomo mini UIM
card inserted in the right
direction? → P37
Clock is
wrong
• Clock may become wrong if
the power has been turned
on for a long time.
Check whether "Automatic
date & time" of "Date &
time" in "Settings" has
a check mark. Turn it on
again at a place with better
radio signal.
Symptom Check item
Terminal
operation is
unstable
• An application that was
installed to this terminal
after purchasing may be
causing a problem. If the
problem improves by starting
in Safe mode, an installed
application needs to be
uninstalled to x the problem.
* Safe mode is a function
for starting up under
near initial conditions.
– How to activate Safe
mode
1. While in the power
OFF status, press and
hold the power key for
over one second.
2. After the docomo logo
appears, press and
hold the volume key
(down) until the home
screen appears.
263
Appendix/Index
Symptom Check item
Terminal
operation is
unstable
* Press the power key
for over two seconds
with the power turned
on u touch and hold
down "Power o󰮏" u
"OK" to activate.
* When Safe mode
starts, "Safe mode"
appears on the bottom
left of the screen.
* To stop Safe mode,
turn the power OFF
once and restart it.
– Before starting Safe
mode, backup necessary
data.
– Widgets that you have
created may be gone.
– Safe mode is not the
normal starting condition,
so stop Safe mode before
normal usage.
Symptom Check item
Application
does not
work properly
(cannot be
activated or
error occurs)
• Is there disabled application?
Try again after enabling the
disabled application. → P213
264
Appendix/Index
■ Calls
Symptom Check item
Calls cannot
be made by
tapping
• Is this terminal in Airplane
mode? → P196
The ringtone
does not
sound
• Is the ringtone volume set
to minimum? → P203
• Is this terminal set to
public mode or manner
mode ("Vibrate only" or
"Silent" in Sound prole)?
→ P108, P203
• Has the unregistered call
reject been set? → P109
• Is the ring time for the
Voice Mail Service or Call
Forwarding Service set to
"0 sec."? → P107
Symptom Check item
Calls are not
connected
(The out of
service area
icon does not
disappear
when you
move, or
calls cannot
be made or
received even
when the
radio wave
is strong
enough)
• Turn the power o󰮏 and on,
or remove and reinsert the
docomo mini UIM card.
• Make or receive calls,
depending on the type of
radio signal, even in the
service area or even when
strong signal is indicated
with 4 wave-level bars .
Move to another place and
call again.
• Depending on how congested
the radio waves are, it may
be di󰮐cult to establish a
connection in crowded places
due to a congestion of calls
and emails. In this case, the
caller hears a busy tone.
Move to another place or
call again later.
265
Appendix/Index
■ Screen
Symptom Check item
The display is
dim
• Has the screen backlight
timeout been set? → P205
• Has the screen brightness
been adjusted? → P205
• Is the battery level low?
→ P39
• Has power safe been set?
→ P211
• Hardware
key control
mode is
activated
• When any damage of
this terminal or display is
detected, "Hardware key
control mode" screen is
displayed. Move "Mode
On"/"Ask me later"/"Screen
OFF" up and down by
volume keys and use power
key to conrm. You can use
power key and volume key
to operation incoming calls
or alarm.
– To answer a call, press
both volume keys at the
same time.
Symptom Check item
• Hardware
key control
mode is
activated
– To stop alarm, press and
hold down volume key
(up)/volume key (down).
• You can set Hardware key
control mode beforehand.
– While power is turned
o󰮏, press power key,
volume key (up) and
volume key (down) for
over six seconds at
the same time. Move
"On"/"O󰮏"/"Cancel" up and
down and use power key
to conrm.
266
Appendix/Index
■ Sound
Symptom Check item
During a voice
call, the other
party's voice
is di󰮐cult to
hear or is too
loud
• Has the call volume
adjusted with the volume
key? → P104
■ Mail
Symptom Check item
Email is not
received
automatically
•
Check if "Manual" is set in
"Retrieve interval" in the
account settings. Be sure
to set it to the method other
than "Manual". → P125
■ Camera
Symptom Check item
Photos and
videos shot
with the
camera are
blurred
• Check whether the lens are
cloudy or has dirt on it.
• When taking picture of
people, Set "Face tracking".
→P158
■ 1Seg
Symptom Check item
1Seg cannot
be viewed
• Are you at a location that
is outside of the digital
terrestrial broadcast
service area, or where the
broadcast wave is weak?
• Are the channels
congured? → P156
Can be
viewed
images, but
there is no
audio
• Audio cannot be heard
from devices that are not
compatible with SCMS-T.
• Screen
shot is not
available
• Using 1Seg
screen as
background
of QMemo
is not
available.
• Screenshot and QMemo
are not functioned due to
copyright protection of
1Seg.
267
Appendix/Index
■ Osaifu-Keitai
Symptom Check item
Osaifu-Keitai
cannot be
used
• When the Omakase Lock
is started, the Osaifu-
Keitai function is disabled
regardless of the NFC/
Osaifu-Keitai Lock setting.
• Is
NFC/
Osaifu-Keitai set to
lock?
→ P143
• Did you swipe the mark
of this terminal over the
reader? → P141
■ Overseas use
Symptom Check item
This terminal is
not available to
use overseas
■ Antenna mark appears
• Have you applied for
WORLD WING?
Check whether you have
applied for WORLD WING.
■ Icon which indicates out
of service area appears
• Are you at a location
that is outside of the
international roaming
service area, or where
the signal is weak? Use
"Mobile Phone User's
Guide [International
Services]" or DOCOMO
"International Services
website" to check
whether a service area
or network operator is
available.
268
Appendix/Index
Symptom Check item
This terminal is
not available to
use overseas
• Try to change the
settings of network
or overseas network
operator.
– Set "Network Mode" to
"LTE/3G/GSM (Auto)"
→ P252
– Set "Network operators"
to "Choose automatically"
→ P253
• Turn o󰮏 this terminal and
then turn it on again.
Data
communication
is not available
overseas
• Set Data roaming to ON.
→ P253
Symptom Check item
This terminal
has become
unusable
suddenly while
using overseas
• Has the approximate
limit of usage fee been
exceeded?
For "International roaming
service (WORLD WING)",
the approximate limit
of usage fee is set in
advance. If the limit is
exceeded, all services
are stopped. Pay o󰮏 the
usage fee to resume
services.
The other party's
number is not
displayed/
A di󰮏erent
number is
displayed/
The registered
Phonebook
or Caller ID
notication
does not
operate properly
• Even if the other party
has made a call with
notication of the Caller
ID set, you may not be
notied of the Caller ID
depending on the network
or network operator.
Also, the number you are
notied may di󰮏er from
the other party's Caller ID
depending on the network
or network operator you
use.
269
Appendix/Index
■ Data management
Symptom Check item
Data transfer
is not working
• Are you using a USB HUB?
If you use a USB HUB,
data transfer may not work
properly.
The data
saved on
a microSD
card is not
displayed
• Remove the microSD and
microSD reader writer and
insert them again. → P231
When trying
to view an
image,
appears or
appears in
preview
• may appear if image data
has been destroyed.
■ Bluetooth function
Symptom Check item
This terminal
cannot nd/
be connected
to a Bluetooth
compatible
device
• Put the Bluetooth
compatible device
(commercial) on standby
and register it on this
terminal. If you want to
delete a registered device
and register it again as
a new device, you must
delete the registered device
from both the Bluetooth
compatible device
(commercial) and this
terminal before you register
it again. → P237
270
Appendix/Index
Symptom Check item
Cannot
make calls
from this
terminal when
connected to
an external
device, such
as a car
navigation or
hands free
device
• If you attempt to call
somebody several times
when he or she does not
answer or is out of the
service area, calls to that
number may be disabled.
In this case, turn o󰮏 this
terminal and then turn it
back on again.
■ Map and GPS Function
Symptom Check item
AUTO-GPS
service
information
cannot be
set.
• Check if the AUTO-GPS
function is deactivated due
to low battery power.
Check if the AUTO-GPS
function is deactivated
due to low battery power.
If the AUTO-GPS function
is deactivated by the
"Lowpower operation
settings", the AUTO-GPS
service information cannot
be set. In that case, change
the "Low-power operation
settings" to "Not suspend"
or charge the battery to set
it. → P215
• Check if the AUTO-GPS
operation setting is turned
OFF. → P215
271
Appendix/Index
Error Message
Error Message Description
• No service
• No SIM card
The docomo mini
UIM card is not
working properly. If
the problem is not
resolved by removing
and reinserting the
docomo mini UIM card,
contact "Repairs" (in
Japanese only) on
the back cover of this
manual.
No service You cannot use this
terminal because it
is out of the service
area or it is in a place
where there is no
signal reception. Move
to a location where
you can get signal
reception.
PIN1 code blocked
Enter PUK
Enter your PIN
unblocking key
correctly. → P219
Error Message Description
• Not enough
space on internal
storage. To free
up space, delete
unused les.
• If you keep using,
some functions
and applications
may not be
operated. Try to
free space by
deleting items,
such as apps or
media content.
It is displayed when
there is not enough
space to save a
le, application or
media contents, or to
operation part function
or application. You can
delete les or media
contents or uninstall
applications to ensure
the enough space.
→ P139, P232
• Please wait for
a while(Voice
service)
• Please wait for
a while(Data
service)
This is displayed when
audio/data services
are restricted due to
heavy tra󰮐c.
Re-operate after the
restrictions have been
cancelled.
272
Appendix/Index
Error Message Description
Invalid recipient The phone number
or contact entered
in SMS recipient is
invalid. The phone
number unavailable to
use as a recipient or a
contact has not been
registered in Contacts
is entered. Enter the
correct phone number
or contact.
Cannot enter more
recipients.
You cannot add more
than one recipient
in SMS. Only enter
one recipient to send
messages.
Cannot enter more
letters.
The message is over
the character number
limit. Unavailable to
input anymore. keep
it within the limit
number.
Cannot send
message
Cannot send SMS due
to network problem.
Conrm network rst.
Smartphone Anshin
Remote Support
Support on operation settings of this terminal
is available by sharing your terminal's screen
with DOCOMO. (in Japanese only)
• This support is not available when the
docomo mini UIM card of the docomo is
not inserted, when using the international
roaming, or in the Airplane mode.
• This support is a paid service that requires
subscription.
• There are unsupported operations and
settings.
• For details of this support, refer to the
DOCOMO website.
a
Support center for remote support Call
0120-783-360
Business hours : 9:00 a.m. to 8:00
p.m., (Open all year round)
• When using this terminal to call Support
center for remote support Call, from the
Home screen, tap "Apps" u "遠隔サポート
(Remote support)" u "このスマートフォンか
ら発信する (call from this smart phone)" u
.
273
Appendix/Index
bFrom the Home screen, "Apps" u " 遠
隔サポート (Remote support)"
• For the st time of using this support,
you are required to accept the "Software
License".
c"遠隔サポートの接続画面に進む (move
to remote support connection
screen)" u "同意する (agree)"
dInput the connecting number that is
announced by DOCOMO
eStart remote support after connecting
Warranty and After-
Sales Service
Warranty
• Be sure to receive a warranty at the time of
purchase of this terminal. Read contents of
the warranty and conrm information such
as "販売店名・お買い上げ日 (shop name and
date of purchase)" and keep it in a safe
place. If necessary items are not described,
immediately contact the shop of purchase.
The warranty for free repair is valid for one
year from the date of purchase.
• This product and its accessories are subject
to modied, in part or whole, for improvement
without prior notice.
• Data saved in Phonebook, etc. may be
modied or lost due to the malfunction, repair
or other handling of this terminal. You should
therefore make a copy of the Phonebook
data, etc. as a precautionary measure.
*1 Phonebook data can be saved on microSD
card in this terminal.
*2 You can backup phonebook etc. on the
data storing center by using Data Security
Service (subscription is required).
274
Appendix/Index
After-Sales Service
When this terminal breaks down
Before repair, read "Troubleshooting" in this
manual for detailed information. If the problem
still persists, contact "Repairs" (in Japanese
only) on the back of this manual.
Repairs
Bring your terminal to a repair counter
specied by DOCOMO. Repairs are accepted
during business hours of a repair counter.
Also, you must bring the warranty. Note that
it may take some days to repair this terminal
depending on the malfunction state.
■ During the warranty period
• This terminal is repaired at no charge under
the conditions of the warranty.
•
Make sure to bring the warranty for repair. You
will be charged even during the warranty period
if the warranty is not presented or the trouble or
damage is caused by your inappropriate handling
(such as damage to LCD or connector, etc.).
• You will be charged even during the
warranty period if malfunction is caused by
the use of devices and consumables other
than those specied by DOCOMO.
■ Repair may not be possible in the following
cases
• When, as the result of inspection,
corrosion is found due to exposure to
water, condensation or sweat, or any of the
internal boards are damaged or deformed
(damage to the microUSB connection
terminal (earphone/microphone jack), LCD,
or cracked body could be the case as well).
* Since these conditions are outside the
scope of the warranty, any repairs, if at all
possible, will be charged.
■ After expiration of the warranty
• All repairs that are requested are charged.
■ Replacement parts
•
Replacement parts (parts required to
maintain functions) will in principle be kept
in stock for 4 years after termination of
production. However, depending on the
malfunctioning part, repair may not be
possible due to a lack of replacement parts.
Even after the stock period has expired, the
repair of some malfunctioning parts may
be possible. Therefore contact "Repairs" (in
Japanese only) on the back of this manual.
275
Appendix/Index
Precautions
• Never modify this terminal or accessories.
- Doing so may result in re, injuries or
malfunctions.
- The modied terminal may be repaired only
if the owner agrees on that all the modied
parts are restored to the original conditions.
However, repairs may be refused depending
on the modications.
The following cases may be considered as
modications.
・Put sticker on display or key
・Decorate this terminal by adhesive agent
・Exchange to parts such as cover other
than those specied by docomo
- Malfunction and damage due to
modications will be repaired at the owner's
expense even during the warranty period.
• Note that the settings and other information
may be cleared (reset) as a result of
malfunction, repair or other handling. In this
case, make the settings again.
• When the repair is executed, MAC address of
Wi-Fi/Bluetooth address in this terminal may
be changed regardless of repaired part.
• Magnetic components are used in the parts
that are described below. Do not allow cash
cards or other devices that are vulnerable
to magnetism to come into contact with the
phone.
Place: speaker, mouthpiece (receiver), vibrator
(left side of power key)
• If this terminal has gotten wet or moist,
immediately power o󰮏 this terminal and bring
it to the DOCOMO-specied repair o󰮐ce as
soon as possible. However, note that it may
not be repaired depending on the extent of
the damage.
Memory dial (Phonebook function)
and downloaded data
• When you change the model or repair this
terminal, data that has been imported,
downloaded or created by you may be
changed or lost. DOCOMO shall have no
liability for any change or loss of any kind.
Under some circumstances, DOCOMO may
replace your terminal with its equivalent
instead of repairing it. In this case, most data
from the old terminal cannot be transferred to
the replacement terminal.
276
Appendix/Index
Updating Software
Software Update is a function that connects
to the network to check whether software
on DM01G needs to be updated, downloads
the software when required, and updates the
software.
Software can be updated via LTE/3G
connections or via Wi-Fi connections.
The NTT DOCOMO website provides
information about required software updates.
There are three methods of updating software:
Auto
Update:
Automatically download the
update le and install it at a
preset time.
Immediate
Update:
Perform an update immediately.
Scheduled
Update:
Perform the update automatically
at the scheduled time.
Note
• You can update software while still
retaining data (such as phonebook,
camera images, emails, downloaded data,
etc.) on this terminal. However, such
data may not be protected depending on
the state of your terminal (malfunction,
damage, exposure to water, etc.). It is
recommended to back up necessary
data. Please note that some data, such
as download data, cannot be backed up.
277
Appendix/Index
Before Updating Software
• Do not power o󰮏 this terminal while updating
software. This may result in a failed update.
• Fully charge the battery before updating
software. Connecting the charging cable is
recommended while updating.
• Software cannot be updated in the following
circumstances.
- When you are on a call
- When out of the service area is displayed*
- During international roaming*
- In Airplane mode*
- While upgrading Android
- When the date or time has not been set
correctly
- When the battery level is too low for
software update
- When there is insu󰮐cient free space for
software update
* While you are out of the service area or
using overseas roaming, update is not
available even Wi-Fi is connected.
• Software update (download, installation) may
take time.
• During a software update, you cannot make or
receive calls, or use any functions, including
all communication functions. However, voice
calls can be received during downloading.
• We recommend that you update software
without moving and when you have
strong reception. Software update may be
interrupted in a place with bad reception.
• When it is not necessary to update software,
"更新の必要はありません。このままお使いくだ
さい(It is not necessary to update. You can
continue using it)" is displayed.
• While using international roaming or when you
are outside the area, "Failed to start update.
Due to no network or roaming." appears. When
connecting Wi-Fi, the same display appears.
• SMS sent during a software update are
stored at an SMS center.
• During a software update, your DM01G
information (model and manufacturing
numbers) are automatically sent to a
software update server managed by
DOCOMO. DOCOMO shall not use this
information for any purpose other than
software update.
278
Appendix/Index
• If the software update fails, you cannot turn
on this terminal or "ソフトウェア更新に失敗しま
した(Failed updating software)" appears and
no further operation may be possible. In this
case, please take this terminal to a repair
counter specied by DOCOMO.
• If a PIN has been set, the PIN entry screen
appears during the restart after rewriting and
you are required to enter your PIN.
• Do not start any other applications during a
software update.
Auto Software Update
Automatically download the update le and
install it at a preset time.
Set the automatic update of software
The default setting of Auto Update is
"Automatic Update".
a From the Home screen, u
"Settings" u "About phone" u
"Update Center" u "Software
Update" u "Congure the software
update"
b"Automatic Update"/"Manual
Update"
279
Appendix/Index
When software update is required
(Update available) is displayed on the
status bar when update le is automatically
downloaded.
• At a preset time while (Update available) is
displayed, install starts automatically and
(Update available) disappears.
a Drag or swipe the status bar
downwards
• The notication panel appears.
b"Update available"
• The installation time appears.
cSelect an action
• "OK" : Return to the Home screen. Start
the update at a preset time.
• "Set Time" : Scheduled update →
"Scheduled Update of Software" (P282)
• "Start update" : Immediate update →
"Updating Software Now" (P281)
Note
• (Update available) is displayed on the
status bar in case the software update
was not operated after receiving the
update notication.
• In case installing the software is not
operated at a preset time, it starts again
at the same time on the following day.
• In case the automatic update is set as
"Manual Update" or the immediate update
is in communication, the automatic
update is not available.
280
Appendix/Index
Updating Software Now
Start software update now.
To start software update, you can start from
the notice screen or from menu.
a From the Home screen, u
"Settings" u "About phone" u
"Update Center" u "Software
Update" u "Start the software
update" u "Yes"
• Software update is performed
automatically when the download starts.
• If you stop the download before it
nishes, the data downloaded to that
point is deleted.
• Start from the notice screen : Display the
notice screen u "Start update"
bStart installing automatically after
approximately 10 seconds of "Ready
for update. Please refrain from
starting other application."
• Tap "OK" to start the installation
immediately.
• All key operations are disabled during the
update. The update cannot be stopped
either.
• The Home screen appears after restarting
when the software update is complete.
Note
• When it is not necessary to update
software, "No update is needed." is
displayed.
The display after completing of
software update
When the software update is complete, it is
notied on the status bar. Open the status bar
and tap the notice to display the completion
screen.
281
Appendix/Index
Scheduled Update of Software
If you want to schedule the installation of the
update le for a di󰮏erent time, you can set the
software update time in advance.
a Display the notice screen u "Set
Time"
bEnter the desired time u "Set"
When the scheduled time arrives
The installation screen is displayed at the
starting time, and the installation starts
automatically after approximately 10 seconds.
Note
• All key operations are disabled during the
update. The update cannot be stopped
either.
•
In case installing the software is not
operated at the preset time, it starts again
at the same time on the following day.
• In case Android version is being
upgraded, the software update does not
start even at the preset time.
• In case alarm has been set at the same
time as the preset time, the software
update starts.
• In case DM01G is o󰮏 at the preset time,
the software updates starts at the same
time after turning on.
• " Software update was suspended.
Please check the status of the handset
and retry." is displayed on the status bar
during the software update, check the
condition is not following conditions, and
start the update again.
- No service
- Interference by other functions
- Insu󰮐cient memory of this terminal
- Insu󰮐cient battery
- Network error
- Write failure
282
Appendix/Index
Android Upgrade
Upgrading Android
Android upgrade is a function that connects to
the network to check whether Android upgrade
on this terminal needs to be updated, downloads
the upgrade le when required and upgrade.
When Android upgrade is necessary, check
the notication icon on the status bar (Android
upgrade) or DOCOMO website for information.
The following features are applied after upgrade.
• Function improvement, new functions
• Easier to operate
• Quality improvement
• New security patch
Make sure that you are using the latest version
to enable the better use of this terminal.
Note
•
Android upgrade can be run with the data
saved in this terminal. However, the data
may not be protected depending on your
terminal conditions (malfunction, damage,
getting wet, etc.). It is recommended to
back up necessary data beforehand. Please
note that some data cannot be backed up.
Before Using Android
Upgrade
• Once upgrading your terminal, you cannot
downgrade to any former Android version.
• Make sure to upgrade with battery fully
remained.
• docomo mini UIM card is required when
upgrading. Also apply to sp mode if you use
packet communication.
• Exit all applications before upgrading.
Android upgrade is terminated when other
applications are activated while upgrading.
• Do not power o󰮏 while upgrading.
• While upgrading, all functions of this terminal
including making and receiving a call cannot
be used.
• The following situations make it unavailable
to upgrade.
- When you are on a call
- When out of the service area is displayed
- During international roaming
- In Airplane mode
- While tethering
- When the date or time has not been set
correctly
- Remained battery is not enough
- Free space in this memory is not enough
- During updating software
283
Appendix/Index
• It may take time to upgrade.
• While using international roaming or when you
are outside the area, "Failed to start update.
Due to no network or roaming." is displayed.
• After upgrading, some settings are reset to
default settings. Please set up again.
• When upgrading, the original information
about this terminal (type, built number, etc.)
will be sent to our server automatically. We
do not use the sent information for purposes
other than Android upgrade.
• If a PIN has been set, the PIN entry screen
appears during the restart after rewriting and
you are required to enter your PIN.
• Consult a repair counter specied by
DOCOMO when upgrade fails and all
operations are disabled.
Downloading Update File
a From the Home screen, u
"Settings" u "About phone" u
"Update Center" u "Upgrade Android
software"
b"Start upgrading"
• "Download now (only via Wi-Fi)" :
Download update le right away via Wi-Fi
connection.
• "Download later (via Wi-Fi or Xi)" :
Download update le via Wi-Fi connection
or packet communication at the time set
automatically.
• "Download later (only via Wi-Fi)" :
Download update le via Wi-Fi connection
at the time you reserved.
Download may be not available via packet
communication.
• "Do not upgrade" : Do not upgrade and
end Android upgrade.
284
Appendix/Index
Note
• When the current software in this
terminal is the latest one, "No upgrade is
needed." is displayed.
• If you stop the download before it nishes,
the data downloaded to that point is
maintained. To restart downloading, restart
from the notication icon (download is
terminated) on the status bar.
• When "Download later" is selected,
download timing is set automatically.
Start time cannot be changed. When
you do not want to download at the time
set automatically, tap "Upgrade Android
software" u "Cancel" u "Upgrade Android
software" u "Start upgrading" u "Download
now (only via Wi-Fi)" to download update le.
Installing Update File
After update le is downloaded, installation into
this terminal is available.
• "Install now" : Install update le right away.
• "Install later" : Install update le at the time
your reserved.
Note
• When installation is nished, this terminal
is restarted.
• When "Install later" is selected,
installation timing is set automatically.
To change the start time, from the Home
screen, tap u "Settings" u "About
phone" u "Update Center" u "Upgrade
Android software" to change start time.
After Upgrading Android
• After upgrading, from the Home screen, tap
"Play Store" u u "My apps" to conrm
application update. If you do not update
application when it is required to, operations
may become unstable and functions may
become improper.
• About OS version information of each
application, conrm where the application is
provided.
285
Appendix/Index
Application Update
Congures settings for download of applications,
update notication cycles, and automatic
updates provided by LG Electronics Inc.
Application can be updated via LTE/3G
connections or via Wi-Fi connections.
• For precautions on application update, refer
to "Before Updating Software" (P278).
• Refer to LG Electronics Inc. Website for the
latest information of LG Software.
http://www.lg.com/jp/mobile-phones/
download-page/index.jsp (in Japanese only)
Downloads
a From the Home screen, u
"Settings" u "About phone" u
"Update Center" u "App Updates"
• When "LG apps rights agreement" screen
is displayed, conrm "End User License
Agreement" and "Privacy policy" and tap
"Accept", then tap "Accept" on the “LG
apps rights agreement" screen.
b"Download"
Setting Updates
a From the Home screen, u
"Settings" u "About phone" u
"Update Center" u "App Updates"
• When "LG apps rights agreement" screen
is displayed, conrm "End User License
Agreement" and "Privacy policy" and tap
"Accept", then tap "Accept" on the "LG
apps rights agreement" screen.
b u "Settings"
cChange settings if necessary
Update
notication
cycle
Set to automatically check
whether there are updatable
apps, and set the notication
cycles.
Auto app
update
Set to automatically update
upgradeable apps or not.
Update
over Wi-Fi
only
Set to update apps only via
Wi-Fi or not.
286
Appendix/Index
Main Specications
■ Terminal
Model name DM01G
Size
(H×W×D)
Approx. 139 mm×
Approx. 71 mm×
Approx. 9.2 mm
(Max. thickness :
Approx. 10.0 mm)
Weight Approx. 145 g
Memory ROM 32 GB
RAM 2 GB
Continuous
standby
time
LTE Stationary
(Automatic) :
Approx. 460 hours
FOMA/3G Stationary
(Automatic) :
Approx. 530 hours
GSM Stationary
(Automatic) :
Approx. 430 hours
Continuous
call time
FOMA/3G Approx. 820 minutes
GSM Approx. 760 minutes
Charging
time
AC Adapter
03
Approx. 210 minutes
AC Adapter
04
Approx. 150 minutes
DC Adapter
03
Approx. 260 minutes
1Seg
Watch time Approx. 410 minutes
Record
time
Approx. 900 minutes
Display
Type TFT (Full HD IPS)
16,777,216 colors
Size Approx. 5.2 inch
Pixels Side 1080 pixels
× Line1920 pixels
(Full HD)
287
Appendix/Index
Image
pickup
device
Type CMOS with ash on
the back side
Size Main camera:
1/3.0 inch
Front camera:
1/6.9 inch
E󰮏ective pixels
Main camera: Approx.
13.2 million pixels
Front camera:
Approx. 2.4 million
pixels
Recorded pixels
(maximum)
Main camera: Approx.
13.0 million pixels
Front camera:
Approx. 2.1 million
pixels
Zoom (Digital) Up to approx. 8.0x
(16 levels)
Wireless LAN
IEEE802.11 a/b/g/
n/ac
*1
standard
(IEEE802.11n
frequency band:
2.4GHz/5GHz,
IEEE802.11 ac
frequency band:
5GHz)
Bluetooth
Compatible
Bluetooth
version
Bluetooth standard
Ver.4.0*2
Output Bluetooth standard
version Power Class
1
Line-of-sight
communication
distance
*3
Within approx. 10
meters
Compatible
Bluetooth
proles
*4
HFP, HSP, OPP,
SPP, HID, A2DP,
aptX/SBC/AAC,
AVRCP, PBAP, FTP,
PAN(PAN-NAP/
PANU)
Earphone/microphone
jack
Terminal diameter:
3.5φ, pole number:
4 poles
288
Appendix/Index
*1 IEEE802.11 ac draft version supported.
Data communication may not available
using the formal standard one or draft
version from other manufacturer. For
compatible one check website of each
manufacturer.
*2 We conrm that all Bluetooth compatible
devices including this terminal are
compliant with Bluetooth standards
designated by Bluetooth SIG and are
certied. However, procedures may vary
and data transfer may not be possible,
depending on the characteristics and
specications of the device that you
connect to.
*3 This varies depending on the obstacles
between the communicating devices and
the reception quality.
*4 These are Bluetooth standards that
provide specications for communications
between Bluetooth compatible device.
• Continuous call time is an estimate of the
battery life during a continuous call with
normal signal reception.
• Continuous standby time is an estimate
of the battery life during a continuous
standby with normal signal reception. In
certain circumstances, the standby time
may drop to as low as half the time shown
due to the battery charge, function settings,
temperature, or radio wave reception in the
area (no reception or weak).
• A use of the Internet reduces the actual
call (communication)/standby time. Even if
you do not perform communication or use
the Internet, composing emails, activating
application, using camera also reduces call
(communication)/standby time.
• Stationary continuous standby time is the
average battery life when you are stationary
with normal signal reception.
• Moving continuous standby time is the
combined average battery life for when
"stationary" or "moving" with normal signal
reception and when "out of service area".
• Charging time is an estimate of the time
required to charge a completely empty
internal battery while this terminal is turned
o󰮏. The charging time is longer if you charge
while this terminal is turned on.
289
Appendix/Index
■ Internal battery
Battery type Lithium-ion battery
Nominal voltage 3.8 V
Nominal
capacity
2,900 mAh
Languages compatible
■ Display languages
Japanese/English (South Africa)/English
(United States)/English (New Zealand)/
English (Ireland)/English (United Kingdom)/
English (Canada)/English (Australia)/
Chinese (Hong Kong)/Chinese (Simplied)/
Chinese (Traditional)/Indonesian/Malay/
Basque/Bosnian/Burmese/Catalan/Czesh/
Danish/German/Estonian/Spanish/Spanish
(Espanha)/Spanish (United States)/French
(Canada)/French (France)/Galician/Croatian/
Icelandic/Italian/Kazakh/Khmer/Swahili/
Kurdish/Latvian/Lithuanian/Macedonian/
Hungarian/Dutch/Norwegian/Polish/
Portuguese (Brazil)/Portuguese (Portugal)/
Romglish (Republic of Moldova)/Romglish
(Romania)/Slovak/Slovenian/Finnish/
Swedish/Vietnamese/Turkish/Uzbek/Greek/
Bulgarian/Russian/Serbian/Ukraine/Hebrew/
Arabic/Farsi/Amharic/Hindi/Thai/Korean
290
Appendix/Index
■ Input languages (enter a character)
Japanese/English/Indonesian/Malay/
Bosnian/Catalan/Danish/German/Estonian/
Spanish/Basque/Macedonian/French/
Galician/Croatian/Italian/Swahili/Latvian/
Lithuanian/Hungarian/Dutch/Norwegian/
Uzbek/Polish/Portuguese/Romanian/
Slovak/Slovenian/Serbian/Finnish/Swedish/
Vietnamese/Turkish/Icelandic/Czech/
Greek/Bulgarian/Russian/Ukraine/Kazakh/
Hebrew/Arabic/Farsi/Kurdish/Thai/Simplied
Chinese/Traditional Chinese(Taiwan)/
Traditional Chinese(Hong Kong)/Korean
File format
This terminal supports the display or playback
of the following le formats.
Type File formats
Audio mp3, m4a, wav, ogg, amr, wma,
aac, mka, mid, ac, isma, 3ga, xmf
Image bmp, gif, jpeg, png, wbmp, webp
Video mp4, 3gp, m4v, mkv, wmv, avi, v,
f4v, ts, ogm, webm, ismv, asf
Photos and videos are saved in the following
le formats.
Type File formats
Photo JPEG
Video MP4
291
Appendix/Index
Estimate number of photos and video
■ Number of shooting photos (estimate)
Resolution Photos available to save
in internal storage
1280×960 (1M) Approx. 73,000
■ Video recording time (estimate)
Resolution Videos available to save
in internal storage
1280×720 (HD) Up to approx. 47 minutes
(per video)
Up to approx. 238
minutes (total)
Specic Absorption Rate
(SAR) of Mobile Phones
This model DM01G mobile phone complies
with Japanese technical regulations and
international guidelines regarding exposure to
radio waves.
This mobile phone was designed in observance
of Japanese technical regulations regarding
exposure to radio waves (*1) and limits to
exposure to radio waves recommended by a
set of equivalent international guidelines. This
set of international guidelines was set out by
the International Commission on Non-Ionizing
Radiation Protection (ICNIRP), which is in
collaboration with the World Health Organization
(WHO), and the permissible limits include a
substantial safety margin designed to assure
the safety of all persons, regardless of age and
health condition.
The technical regulations and international
guidelines set out limits for radio waves as the
Specic Absorption Rate, or SAR, which is the
value of absorbed energy in any 10 grams of
tissue over a 6-minute period. The SAR limit for
mobile phones is 2.0 W/kg. The highest SAR
value for this mobile phone when tested for use
at the ear is 0.55 W/kg. and when worn on
292
Appendix/Index
the body is 0.89 W//kg (*2). There may be
slight di󰮏erences between the SAR levels for
each product, but they all satisfy the limit. The
actual SAR of this mobile phone while
operating can be well below that indicated
above. This is due to automatic changes to the
power level of the device to ensure it only uses
the minimum required to reach the network.
Therefore in general, the closer you are to a
base station, the lower the power output of the
device.
This mobile phone can be used in positions other
than against your ear. Please keep the mobile
phone farther than 1.5 cm away from your body
by using such as a carrying case or a wearable
accessory without including any metals. This
mobile phone satises the technical regulations
and international guidelines.
The World Health Organization has stated that
"a large number of studies have been performed
over the last two decades to assess whether
mobile phones pose a potential health risk.
To date, no adverse health e󰮏ects have been
established as being caused by mobile phone
use".
Please refer to the WHO website if you would
like more detailed information.
http://www.who.int/docstore/peh-emf/
publications/facts_press/fact_english.htm
Please refer to the websites listed below if you
would like more detailed information regarding
SAR.
Ministry of Internal A󰮏airs and Communications
Website :
http://www.tele.soumu.go.jp/e/sys/ele/index.
htm
Association of Radio Industries and Businesses
Website :
http://www.arib-emf.org/index02.html (in
Japanese only)
NTT DOCOMO, INC. Website :
http://www.nttdocomo.co.jp/english/
product/sar/
LG Electronics Inc. Website (Check the
Specications page for this terminal.)
http://www.lg.com/jp/mobile-phones/all-
phones/index.jsp (in Japanese only)
(the above URLs are subject to change for
without notice.)
*1 Technical regulations are dened by the
Ministerial Ordinance Related to Radio
Law (Article 14-2 of Radio Equipment
Regulations).
*2 Including other radio systems that can be
simultaneously used with Xi/FOMA.
293
Appendix/Index
*3 Regarding the method of measuring SAR
when using mobile phones in positions
other than against the ear, international
standards (IEC62209-2) were set in March
of 2010. On the other hand, technical
regulation is currently being deliberated on
by national council. (As of October, 2011)
Radio Frequency (RF)
Signals
THIS MODEL PHONE MEETS THE U.S.
GOVERNMENT'S REQUIREMENTS FOR
EXPOSURE TO RADIO WAVES.
Your wireless phone contains a radio
transmitter and receiver.
Your phone is designed and manufactured not
to exceed the emission limits for exposure
to radio frequency (RF) energy set by the
Federal Communications Commission of
the U.S. Government. These limits are part
of comprehensive guidelines and establish
permitted levels of RF energy for the general
population. The guidelines are based on
standards that were developed by independent
scientic organizations through periodic and
thorough evaluation of scientic studies.
The exposure standard for wireless mobile
phones employs a unit of measurement known
as the Specic Absorption Rate (SAR). The
SAR limit set by the FCC is 1.6W/kg.* Tests for
SAR are conducted using standard operating
positions accepted by the FCC with the phone
transmitting at its highest certied power level
in all tested frequency bands. Although the
SAR is determined at the highest certied
294
Appendix/Index
power level, the actual SAR level of the phone
while operating can be well below the maximum
value. This is because the phone is designed to
operate at multiple power levels so as to use
only the power required to reach the network. In
general, the closer you are to a wireless base
station antenna, the lower the output.
Before a phone model is available for sale
to the public, it must be tested and certied
to the FCC that it does not exceed the limit
established by the U.S. government-adopted
requirement for safe exposure. The tests
are performed on position and locations (for
example, at the ear and worn on the body) as
required by FCC for each model. The highest
SAR value for this model phone as reported to
the FCC when tested for use at the ear is 0.55
W/kg, and when worn on the body is 0.89 W/kg.
(Body-worn measurements di󰮏er among phone
models, depending upon available accessories
and FCC requirements).
While there may be di󰮏erences between the
SAR levels of various phones and at various
positions, they all meet the U.S. government
requirement.
The FCC has granted an Equipment
Authorization for this model phone with all
reported SAR levels evaluated as in compliance
with the FCC RF exposure guidelines. SAR
information on this model phone is on le with
the FCC and can be found under the Display
Grant section at http://transition.fcc.gov/oet/
ea/fccid/ after search on FCC ID: ZNFDM01G.
For body worn operation, this phone has
been tested and meets the FCC RF exposure
guidelines. Please use an accessory
designated for this product or an accessory
which contains no metal and which positions
the handset a minimum of 1.5 cm from the
body.
* In the United States, the SAR limit for
wireless mobile phones used by the
public is 1.6 watts/kg (W/kg) averaged
over one gram of tissue. SAR values may
vary depending upon national reporting
requirements and the network band.
295
Appendix/Index
Wi-Fi
Caution
This device is capable of
operating in 802.11a/n mode.
For 802.11a/n devices operating
in the frequency range of 5.15 -
5.25 GHz, they are restricted for
indoor operations to reduce any
potential harmful interference for
Mobile Satellite Services (MSS) in
the US.
WIFI Access Points that are
capable of allowing your device to
operate in 802.11a/n mode(5.15
- 5.25 GHz band) are optimized for
indoor use only.
If your WIFI network is capable
of operating in this mode, please
restrict your WIFI use indoors to
not violate federal regulations to
protect Mobile Satellite Services.
FCC Statement for the
USA
This device complies with
part15 of FCC rules. Operation
is subject to the following two
conditions:
(1) This device may not cause harmful
interference.
(2) This device must accept any interference
received, including interference that may
cause undesired operation.
Part 15.21 statement
Change or Modications that are not expressly
approved by the manufacturer could void the
user's authority to operate the equipment.
296
Appendix/Index
Part 15.105 statement
This equipment has been tested and found
to comply with the limits for a class B digital
device, pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC
Rules. These limits are designed to provide
reasonable protection against harmful
interference in a residential installation.
This equipment generates uses and can
radiate radio frequency energy and, if not
installed and used in accordance with the
instructions, may cause harmful interference
to radio communications. However, there is
no guarantee that interference will not occur
in a particular installation. if this equipment
does cause harmful interference or television
reception, which can be determined by
turning the equipment o󰮏 and on, the user is
encouraged to try to correct the interference
by one or more of the following measures:
- Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna.
- Increase the separation between the
equipment and receiver.
- Connect the equipment into an outlet on
a circuit di󰮏erent from that to which the
receiver is connected.
- Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/
TV technician for help.
Certicate and
Standard
You can conrm the certicate and standard
mark of this terminal (certicate and certicate
number included) by the following procedures.
a From the Home screen, u
"Settings" u "About phone" u
"Regulatory and Safety"
297
Appendix/Index
Declaration of Conformity
The product "DM01G" is declared to conform
with the essential requirements of European
Union Directive 1999/5/EC Radio and
Telecommunications Terminal Equipment
Directive 3.1(a), 3.1(b) and 3.2.
This mobile phone complies with the EU
requirements for exposure to radio waves.
Your mobile phone is a radio transceiver,
designed and manufactured not to exceed the
SAR* limits** for exposure to radio-frequency
(RF) energy, which SAR* value, when tested for
compliance against the standard was 0.55 W/
kg at the ear.
While there may be di󰮏erences between the
SAR* levels of various phones and at various
positions, they all meet*** the EU requirements
for RF exposure.
* The exposure standard for mobile phones
employs a unit of measurement known as
the Specic Absorption Rate, or SAR.
** The SAR limit for mobile phones used
by the public is 2.0 watts/kilogram (W/
kg) averaged over ten grams of tissue,
recommended by The Council of the
European Union. The limit incorporates
a substantial margin of safety to give
additional protection for the public
and to account for any variations in
measurements.
***
Tests for SAR have been conducted using
standard operating positions with the
phone transmitting at its highest certied
power level in all tested frequency bands.
Although the SAR is determined at the
highest certied power level, the actual
SAR level of the phone while operating can
be well below the maximum value.
This is because the phone is designed to
operate at multiple power levels so as to
use only the power required to reach the
network. In general, the closer you are to a
base station antenna, the lower the power
output.
298
Appendix/Index
European Union Directives
Conformance Statement
Hereby, LG Electronics Inc. declares that this
product is in compliance with:
• The essential requirements and other relevant
provisions of Directive 1999/5/EC
• All other relevant EU Directives
The above gives an example of a typical
Product Approval Number.
Wi-Fi
(WLAN)
This device is intended for sale in
Japan only.
This equipment may be operated
in all European countries.
The 5150 - 5350 Mhz band is
restricted to indoor use only.
Important Safety
Information
AIRCRAFT
Switch o󰮏 your wireless device when boarding
an aircraft or whenever you are instructed to do
so by airline sta󰮏. If your device o󰮏ers a 'ight
mode' or similar feature consult airline sta󰮏 as
to whether it can be used on board.
DRIVING
Full attention should be given to driving at all
times and local laws and regulations restricting
the use of wireless devices while driving must
be observed.
HOSPITALS
Mobile phones should be switched o󰮏 wherever
you are requested to do so in hospitals, clinics
or health care facilities. These requests are
designed to prevent possible interference with
sensitive medical equipment.
299
Appendix/Index
PETROL STATIONS
Obey all posted signs with respect to the use
of wireless devices or other radio equipment
in locations with ammable material and
chemicals. Switch o󰮏 your wireless device
whenever you are instructed to do so by
authorized sta󰮏.
INTERFERENCE
Care must be taken when using the phone in
close proximity to personal medical devices,
such as pacemakers and hearing aids.
Pacemakers
Pacemaker manufacturers recommend that a
minimum separation of 15 cm be maintained
between a mobile phone and a pacemaker to
avoid potential interference with the pacemaker.
To achieve this use the phone on the opposite
ear to your pacemaker and do not carry it in a
breast pocket.
Hearing Aids
Some digital wireless phones may interfere
with some hearing aids. In the event of
such interference, you may want to consult
your hearing aid manufacturer to discuss
alternatives.
NOTE : Excessive sound pressure from
earphones and headphones can cause
hearing loss.
To prevent possible hearing damage,
do not listen at high volume levels for
long periods.
For other Medical Devices:
Please consult your physician and the device
manufacturer to determine if operation of your
phone may interfere with the operation of your
medical device.
300
Appendix/Index
Export Administration
Regulations
Japan Export Control Regulations ("Foreign
Exchange and Foreign Trade Law" and relevant
laws and regulations) may apply to this product
and its accessories. U.S. Re-export Regulations
(Export Administration Regulations) applies to
this product and its accessories. If you export
or re-export this product or its accessories,
please follow the necessary procedures at
your own risk and expense. For details on the
procedures, contact the Ministry of Economy,
Trade and Industry or the U.S. Department of
Commerce.
Intellectual Property
Right
Copyrights and Portrait Rights
You have no right to copy, modify, or distribute
contents such as text, images, music, map
data, or software downloaded from websites
on the Internet, or photos shot by the camera
of this product without permission from the
copyright holder except when the copy or
quote is for personal use that is allowed under
Copyright Law. Note that it may be prohibited
to shoot or record live performances or
exhibitions even for personal use.
Refrain from taking portraits of other people
and uploading such portraits to websites using
this product without their consent, as this
violates portrait rights.
301
Appendix/Index
Trademarks
• "FOMA", "i-mode", "i-α ppli", "sp-mode", "Deco-
mail", "WORLD CALL", "WORLD WING",
"mopera", "mopera U", "ToruCa", "iD", "Xi", logo
of "sp-mode", logo of "ToruCa" and logo of "Xi"
are the trademarks or registered trademarks
of NTT DOCOMO, INC.
• “Catch Phone (Call waiting service)” is a
registered trademark of Nippon Telegraph and
Telephone Corporation.
• The microSD Logo, microSDHC Logo, and
microSDXC Logos are the trademarks of SD-
3C, LLC.
• The Bluetooth word mark and logos are
owned by the Bluetooth SIG, INC. and any use
of such marks by NTT DOCOMO, INC. is under
license. Other trademarks and trade names
are those of their respective owners.
• Wi-Fi Certied® and logos are trademarks or
registered trademarks of Wi-Fi Alliance.
• Microsoft®, Windows®, Windows Vista®, and
Windows Media® are trademarks or registered
trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the
United States and/or other countries.
• Google and Google logo, Android, Google Play
and Google Play logo, Play Movie, Google
Map, Hangouts, Google Calendar, Google+
and Google+ logo, Gmail and Gmail logo,
YouTube and YouTube logo are trademarks or
registered trademarks of Google, Inc.
• HDMI (High-Denition Multimedia Interface) is
trademarks or registered trademarks of HDMI
Licensing LLC.
• Analogix and SlimPort® are trademarks
or registered trademarks of Analogix
Semiconductor, Inc. All other trademarks
and trade names are the property of their
respective owners.
• is a registered trademark of FeliCa
Networks, Inc.
• The module developed by Independent JPEG
Group is included in a part of this product.
• Other company names or product names
described in this manual are trademarks or
registered trademarks of those companies.
302
Appendix/Index
Others
• Rovi, G-GUIDE, G-GUIDE MOBILE and G-Guide
related logos are trademarks or registered
trademarks of Rovi Corporation and/or its
subsidiaries in Japan.
• The abbreviations of operating systems
(Japanese versions) below are used in this
manual.
- Windows 8 stands for Microsoft® Windows®
8, Microsoft® Windows® 8 Pro, Microsoft®
Windows® 8 Enterprise.
- Windows 7 stands for Microsoft® Windows®
7 (Starter, Home Basic, Home Premium,
Professional, Enterprise and Ultimate).
- Windows Vista stands for Windows Vista®
(Home Basic, Home Premium, Business,
Enterprise and Ultimate).
- Windows XP indicates Microsoft® Windows®
XP Professional operating system or
Microsoft® Windows® XP Home Edition
operating system.
• This product is licensed complying with the
MPEG-4 Patent Portfolio License. If you use
it for private purpose without any prots, you
are allowed to use them only when :
- Recording videos that are compliant with
the standard of MPEG-4 Visual (hereinafter
referred to as MPEG-4 Video)
- Playing MPEG-4 Videos recorded personally
by consumers not engaged in prot
activities
- Playing MPEG-4 Video supplied from the
provider licensed from MPEG-LA
For details, contact MPEG LA, LLC of the U.S.
• FeliCa is a contactless IC card technology
developed by Sony Corporation. FeliCa is a
registered trademark of Sony Corporation.
• iWnn of OMRON SOFTWARE Co., Ltd. is
used for conversion methods for Japanese
language.
iWnn © OMRON SOFTWARE Co., Ltd. 2008-
2015 All Rights Reserved.
303
Appendix/Index
Open Source Licenses
• To obtain the corresponding source code
under GPL, LGPL, MPL and other open source
licenses, please visit the following URL.
http://www.lg.com/global/support/
opensource/index
• For details about the open source licenses
on this terminal, from the Home screen, tap
u "Settings" u "About phone" u "Legal
information" u "Open source licenses" for
information.
• All referred license terms, disclaimers and
notices are available for download with the
source code.
Contact for Preinstalled
Application
For any inquiries about the preinstalled
application provided by LG Electronics Inc.
when purchasing, consult "LG Mobile Customer
Information Center" (In Japanese only).
• About other applications preinstalled when
purchasing, consult "General Inquiries" on the
back of this manual.
Applications Provided by LG
Electronics Inc.
Type Name
Apps SmartWorld, Dictionary,
POLARIS O󰮐ce 5, Videos,
Music, File Manager, TV,
Osaifu-Keitai, Instruction
Manual, Camera, Alarm/Clock,
Internet, Calculator, Settings,
Messaging, Downloads,
Calendar, Email, Gallery
304
Appendix/Index
Contacts
■LG Mobile Customer Information Center
(In Japanese only)
0120-011-167
Business hours : 9:00 a.m. to 6:00 p.m.,
(Except Saturdays, Sundays, Holidays, Year's
End and New Year Holidays)
• Make sure to conrm the number before
calling.
Unlocking SIM
Unlocking SIM is available on this terminal.
Unlocking SIM enables a SIM card from other
makers to be used.
• Unlocking SIM is available at a docomo Shop.
• A fee is required to unlock the SIM.
• When a SIM card from another maker is used,
LTE is not available. In addition, its services
and functions may get restricted. DOCOMO
assumes no responsibility for any operation
problems based on SIMs from other makers.
• Visit the DOCOMO website for detailed
information on unlocking SIM.
305
Appendix/Index
Index
Number
1Seg ………………………………………………… 146
Program schedule …………………………… 153
Reserving/Recording Watching ………… 153
Setting …………………………………………… 155
Using TV Link ………………………………… 155
Watching ………………………………………… 148
Watching recorded programs……………… 152
A
About Phone ……………………………………… 228
Accessibility ……………………………………… 224
Accessory ………………………………………… 227
Access Point ……………………………………… 201
Checking ………………………………………… 201
Initializing ……………………………………… 202
Setting an additional access point ……… 202
Accounts & sync ………………………………… 216
Adapter ……………………………………………… 41
Handling and care ……………………………… 27
Safety precautions ……………………………… 16
After-Sales Service ……………………………… 275
Alarm/Clock ……………………………………… 178
Setting alarm ………………………………… 178
Setting stopwatch …………………………… 181
Setting timer …………………………………… 180
Setting world clock …………………………… 180
Android Upgrade ………………………………… 283
Application from "Recommends" ……………… 96
Application Update ……………………………… 286
Apps ………………………………………………… 212
List …………………………………………………… 86
Managing ………………………………………… 95
Moving ……………………………………………… 96
Screen ……………………………………………… 85
Uninstalling ……………………………………… 95
Area Mail …………………………………………… 128
Receiving ……………………………………… 128
Setting …………………………………………… 129
Auto rotating screen ……………………………… 48
306
Appendix/Index
B
Backing up Data and Settings ……………… 186
Backing up to SD Card ………………………… 186
Backing up ……………………………………… 187
Copying the contacts from Google
account to docomo account ……………… 188
Restoring ……………………………………… 187
Backlight ……………………………………………… 43
Backup & Reset ………………………………… 222
Battery ……………………………………………… 211
Before Using this Terminal ……………………… 6
Bluetooth ………………………………………… 234
Connecting ……………………………………… 237
Handling and care ……………………………… 28
Notes on using ………………………………… 234
ON/OFF ………………………………………… 236
Pairing …………………………………………… 237
Passkey (PIN) ………………………………… 235
Reception interference caused by
Wireless LAN devices ……………………… 235
Sending/Receiving data …………………… 238
Bluetooth Tethering …………………………… 199
Bookmark ………………………………………… 133
Browser …………………………………………… 130
Changing settings …………………………… 133
Opening ………………………………………… 130
Opening incognito tab ……………………… 131
Searching for a web page by Voice ……… 131
Using bookmark and history ……………… 133
C
Calculator ………………………………………… 184
Calendar …………………………………………… 181
Changing/Deleting schedule ……………… 183
Changing settings …………………………… 183
Creating a schedule ………………………… 183
Opening ………………………………………… 181
Switching calendar display ………………… 182
Calling ………………………………………………… 98
Call log …………………………………………… 104
docomo phonebook ………………………… 110
Emergency call ………………………………… 100
Entering a pause ………………………………… 99
Making a call ……………………………………… 98
Making an international call ……………… 101
Missed call ……………………………………… 105
Operations during a call …………………… 103
Phone memo …………………………………… 106
Receiving a call ……………………………… 102
Setting for overseas use …………………… 256
307
Appendix/Index
Call Log …………………………………………… 104
Calling to a missed call …………………… 105
Deleting ………………………………………… 106
Call Settings ……………………………………… 107
Setting for overseas use …………………… 256
Camera ……………………………………………… 156
Copyrights and portrait rights …………… 156
Notes for capturing images ……………… 157
Shooting videos ……………………………… 161
Taking a photo ………………………………… 159
Viewing recording screen ………………… 160
Viewing shooting screen …………………… 158
Character Entry …………………………………… 53
Character Mode …………………………………… 59
Charging ……………………………………………… 39
Battery charge …………………………………… 39
Charging time (estimate) ……………………… 40
Charging with AC adapter …………………… 41
Charging with a PC ……………………………… 42
Usage time (estimate) ………………………… 41
Connecting with a PC ………………………… 241
Contact for Preinstalled application ……… 304
Contacts …………………………………………… 111
Adding …………………………………………… 112
Conrming/Using …………………………… 113
Deleting ………………………………………… 114
Editing …………………………………………… 112
Copyrights and Portrait Rights ……………… 301
D
Data Roaming …………………………………… 253
Date & Time ……………………………………… 223
Declaration of Conformity …………………… 298
Device ……………………………………………… 203
Display ………………………………………… 34, 205
dmarket …………………………………………… 136
dmenu ……………………………………………… 136
docomo backup ………………………………… 186
docomo LIVE UX …………………………………… 79
docomo mini UIM card …………………………… 36
Handling and care ……………………………… 28
Inserting …………………………………………… 37
Removing ………………………………………… 38
Safety precautions ……………………………… 19
docomo phonebook …………………………… 110
Backup …………………………………………… 118
Change Display Account …………………… 114
Displaying ……………………………………… 110
Groups …………………………………………… 115
Importing ………………………………………… 119
My prole………………………………………… 116
docomo service/cloud ………………………… 215
308
Appendix/Index
E
Electronic Medical Equipment ………………… 19
Email ………………………………………………… 122
Adding account ……………………………… 124
Changing Email Account Settings ……… 125
Creating and sending email ……………… 123
Displaying received email ………………… 123
Opening ………………………………………… 122
Setting an account ………………………… 122
Emergency Call …………………………………… 100
Emoticon ……………………………………………… 59
Error Message …………………………………… 272
European Union Directives Conformance
Statement ………………………………………… 299
Export Administration Regulations ………… 301
External Device Connection ………………… 241
Connecting with a PC ……………………… 242
Select USB connection method ………… 242
USB connection ……………………………… 226
F
FAQ ………………………………………………… 260
FCC Statement for the USA ………………… 296
File Format ………………………………………… 291
File Management ………………………………… 230
Operating environment ……………………… 241
Transferring data with PC ………………… 243
Windows Media Player ……………………… 244
First-time Settings When the Power is
Turned On …………………………………………… 61
Folder or File Operations ……………………… 232
G
Gallery ……………………………………………… 162
Viewing photos and videos ………………… 162
Gestures …………………………………………… 209
Gmail ………………………………………………… 127
Google Chrome …………………………………… 134
Opening ………………………………………… 134
GPS ………………………………………………… 173
Guest mode ……………………………………… 216
309
Appendix/Index
H
Handling and Care ………………………………… 25
Hangouts ………………………………………… 134
Activating ……………………………………… 134
Starting chatting ……………………………… 135
Home Application Information ………………… 97
Home screen ……………………………………… 206
Home Screen………………………………………… 79
Adding ……………………………………………… 84
Changing kisekae ……………………………… 83
Changing wallpaper …………………………… 83
Customizing icons ……………………………… 77
Deleting …………………………………………… 85
Sorting ……………………………………………… 85
How to Use this Manual ………………………… 2
I
Icons …………………………………………………… 71
Important Safety Information ………………… 299
Initializing ………………………………………… 222
Initial Settings ……………………………………… 61
Intellectual Property Right …………………… 301
Internal Battery…………………………………… 290
Life …………………………………………………… 40
Internal Storage ………………………………… 211
International Roaming (WORLD WING) …… 249
L
Language & Input ……………………………… 221
LED Notication Light …………………………… 69
Life Square ………………………………………… 189
Local ………………………………………………… 178
Location Access ………………………………… 216
Setting …………………………………………… 175
Lock Screen ……………………………………… 207
M
Main Specications …………………………… 287
Making an International Call ………………… 101
Calling a xed-line telephone ……………… 101
Calling a mobile phone ……………………… 102
Maps ………………………………………………… 176
Opening ………………………………………… 176
Material List ………………………………………… 20
Media Player ……………………………………… 165
Available le formats ………………………… 165
Copying music les and videos …………… 165
Opening ………………………………………… 166
Playing music ………………………………… 167
Playing videos ………………………………… 169
Setting …………………………………………… 172
Using playlists ………………………………… 170
Message …………………………………………… 120
310
Appendix/Index
microSD Card …………………………………… 230
Inserting ………………………………………… 231
Removing ……………………………………… 232
Mobile Data ……………………………………… 195
mopera U …………………………………………… 203
N
Navigation ………………………………………… 177
Network Mode …………………………………… 252
Network Security Code ………………………… 218
NFC Communication …………………………… 239
Notebook …………………………………………… 189
Notication Icons ………………………………… 72
Notication Panel ………………………………… 74
Closing ……………………………………………… 76
Customizing quick settings ………………… 76
Opening …………………………………………… 74
Sorting quick setting icons…………………… 76
Viewing details …………………………………… 76
O
Online Service Accounts ………………………… 67
Adding ……………………………………………… 67
Deleting …………………………………………… 68
Manually synchronizing ………………………… 68
Onscreen Keyboard ……………………………… 53
10key keyboard ………………………………… 54
Arrow key mode ………………………………… 56
Changing character entry settings ………… 59
Flick input ………………………………………… 58
Handwriting input keyboard ………………… 56
QWERTY keyboard ……………………………… 54
Switching the character mode ……………… 59
On-Screen Phone (OSP) ……………………… 227
Operations during a Call ……………………… 103
Adjusting call volume ……………………… 104
Options …………………………………………… 258
Osaifu-Keitai ……………………………………… 139
Canceling the lock …………………………… 144
Kazashite-Link services …………………… 142
Locking ………………………………………… 143
Notes on Holding over Device …………… 142
Osaifu-Keitai compatible service ………… 140
P
Part Names ………………………………………… 34
Pass code (PIN) ………………………………… 235
Pause ………………………………………………… 99
PC Connection …………………………………… 226
Personal …………………………………………… 215
Pict-D ………………………………………………… 59
Pictogram …………………………………………… 59
Pinching In …………………………………………… 47
311
Appendix/Index
Pinching Out ………………………………………… 47
PIN Code …………………………………………… 219
Changing ………………………………………… 220
Enabling ………………………………………… 219
Enter ……………………………………………… 220
PIN locked ………………………………………… 220
PIN Unblocking Key …………………………… 219
Play Store ………………………………………… 137
Installing application ………………………… 137
Purchasing an application ………………… 137
Uninstalling an application ………………… 139
POLARIS O󰮐ce…………………………………… 185
Power O󰮏 ……………………………………………… 43
Power On ……………………………………………… 43
Printer ……………………………………………… 245
Public Mode (Power OFF) Settings ………… 108
Q
QMemo ………………………………………………… 49
QRemote ……………………………………………… 51
QSlide ………………………………………………… 50
R
Radio Frequency (RF) Signals ……………… 294
Receiving a Call ………………………………… 102
Related Devices ………………………………… 258
Remote Operation Settings ………………… 108
S
Safe Mode ………………………………………… 263
Safety Precautions ………………………………… 8
Screen Display ……………………………………… 70
Screen Lock ………………………………………… 44
Screen Shot ………………………………………… 49
Scrolling Screen …………………………………… 47
Security …………………………………………… 217
Security codes on this terminal …………… 218
Settings …………………………………………… 194
Settings Menu …………………………………… 194
Slide Aside ………………………………………… 214
Smartphone Anshin Remote Support ……… 273
SmartShare Beam ……………………………… 245
Receiving les ………………………………… 246
Sending les …………………………………… 246
Settings ………………………………………… 245
SmartWorld ……………………………………… 184
SMS ………………………………………………… 120
Receiving/Viewing …………………………… 121
Sending ………………………………………… 120
Sound ……………………………………………… 203
Specic Absorption Rate (SAR) …………… 292
sp-mode …………………………………………… 202
sp-mode mail ……………………………………… 120
Status Bar …………………………………………… 70
Status Icons ………………………………………… 71
312
Appendix/Index
Storage …………………………………………… 211
Supplied Accessories …………………………… 1
Symbol ………………………………………………… 59
System ……………………………………………… 223
T
Task Manager ……………………………………… 78
This Terminal ………………………………………… 1
Handling and care ……………………………… 26
Safety precautions ……………………………… 12
ToruCa ……………………………………………… 144
Touch Screen ……………………………………… 46
Operations ………………………………………… 46
Precautions on use …………………………… 46
Trademarks ……………………………………… 302
Troubleshooting ………………………………… 260
TV …………………………………………………… 146
U
Unlocking SIM …………………………………… 305
Updating Software ……………………………… 277
Automatic Update …………………………… 279
Before updating software ………………… 278
Scheduled update …………………………… 282
Updating now ………………………………… 281
USB storage ……………………………………… 211
USB Tethering …………………………………… 197
Using Overseas ………………………………… 249
After returning to Japan …………………… 252
Available services …………………………… 250
Conrming before departure ……………… 250
Conrming before using …………………… 250
Conrming overseas ………………………… 251
Data roaming ………………………………… 253
International roaming (WORLD WING) …249
Making a Call Domestically ………………… 254
Making a call from other parties ………… 256
Making calls to other countries
(including Japan) ……………………………… 254
Making calls to WORLD WING users …… 255
Network mode ………………………………… 252
Pre-conguring ………………………………… 251
Receiving calls ………………………………… 255
Setting network operators ………………… 253
V
VPN ………………………………………………… 200
Adding …………………………………………… 200
Always use ……………………………………… 201
Connecting ……………………………………… 200
Deleting ………………………………………… 201
Editing …………………………………………… 200
VuTalk ……………………………………………… 191
313
Appendix/Index
W
Wallpaper …………………………………………… 83
Warranty …………………………………………… 274
Widget List …………………………………………… 92
Wi-Fi …………………………………………………… 63
Adding ……………………………………………… 65
Changing password …………………………… 65
Connecting ………………………………………… 63
Disconnecting …………………………………… 65
Setting advanced ……………………………… 66
Wi-Fi Direct …………………………………………… 66
Wi-Fi Miracast Supported Device …………… 248
Wi-Fi Tethering …………………………………… 198
Setting timeout ……………………………… 198
Setting Wi-Fi access point ………………… 198
Windows Media Player ………………………… 241
Wireless LAN (WLAN) …………………………… 63
Handling and care ……………………………… 30
Wireless Networks ……………………………… 194
WORLD CALL …………………………………… 101
Z
Zoom In/Out ………………………………………… 47
314
Appendix/Index
You can view/change your contract details, subscribe to services, and request information
materials on the Internet.
dmenu on sp-mode u "お客様サポートへ(Customer support)" u "各種お申込・お手続き (Applications
and procedures)" (Toll free for packet communication fee)
My docomo (http://www.mydocomo.com/) u 各種お申込・お手続き(Various Applications/
Procedures) (in Japanese only) on a PC
* You need your "Network password" to access from sp-mode.
* You may be charged to access from sp-mode.
* When using a PC, you need your "docomo ID/password" to access this page.
* If you do not have or you have forgotten your "Network password" or "docomo ID/password",
contact "General Inquiries" on the back of this manual.
* You may not be able to access some websites depending on your subscription.
* You may not be able to access the site due to system maintenance, etc.
Using mobile phones with your manners!
Please be considerate of others around you when using this terminal.
Always turn OFF your terminal in the following situations
■ In a place where the use of mobile phones is prohibited
Inside airplane or hospital, follow instructions of the airline company or medical facility. Power o󰮏
this terminal in places banning the use of it.
Set your terminal to Public mode in the following situations
■ While driving
Using the mobile phone in your hand while
driving is subject to punishment.
* However, this excludes situations when the
use of a mobile phone is unavoidable, such
as the rescue of the sick and injured or the
maintenance of public safety.
■ When you are in a public place such as a
theater, movie theater, or museum
Using this terminal in a public place, where
you need to be quiet, annoys people around
you.
315
Be considerate of where you use your terminal and keep your voice and ringtone down
■ Keep your voice down when using this
terminal in a quiet place such as a
restaurant and hotel lobby.
■ If you are in an outdoor public place, make
sure you do not disturb others.
Respect privacy
Please be considerate of the privacy of individuals around you when
shooting and sending photos using camera-equipped mobile phones.
Functions for maintaining good manners in public places
This terminal is equipped with functions that allow you not to answer an incoming call or to
mute the sound.
■ Vibrate only, Silent → P203
Silent mode mutes this terminal's sounds,
such as operation sounds and the ringtone.
* However, shutter sound is not available
to set to mute.
■ Public mode (Power OFF) → P108
A message plays notifying callers that
you are where you have to power o󰮏 the
phone and cannot answer, and the phone
automatically hangs up.
■ Vibrate → P204
Noties incoming calls by vibration.
You can also use optional services such as the Voice Mail Service (P107) and the Call
Forwarding Service (P107).
We collect mobile phones and related equipment that you no longer need even
if it is not a docomo product. Please bring them to your local docomo Shop.
* Acceptable Products: Mobile phones, PHS terminals, battery packs, battery
chargers, and desktop holders (regardless of the provider)
316
For loss, theft, malfunction, and inquiries while overseas (24-hour reception)
■ From DOCOMO mobile phones
International call
access code for the
country you stay
-81-3-6832-6600
*
(toll free)
* You are charged a call fee to Japan when calling from a land-line phone, etc.
* If you dial by DM-01G, you should dial +81-3-6832-6600 (to enter '+', touch and hold the '0' key).
■ From land-line phones 〈Universal number〉
Universal number
international prex
-8000120-0151
*
* You might be charged a domestic call fee according to the call rate for the country you stay.
* For international call access codes for major countries and universal number international prex, refer
to DOCOMO International Services website.
● If you lose your terminal or have it stolen, immediately take the steps necessary for suspending the
use of this terminal.
● If this terminal you purchased is damaged, bring your terminal to a repair counter specied by
DOCOMO after returning to Japan.
General Inquiries
〈docomo Information Center〉 Repairs
󱛠Please confirm the phone number before you dial.
󱛠For Applications or Repairs and After-Sales Service, please contact the above-mentioned information
center or the docomo Shop etc. near you on the NTT DOCOMO website.
NTT DOCOMO website http://www.nttdocomo.co.jp/english/
* Unavailable from land-line phones, etc.
■From DOCOMO mobile phones (In Japanese only)
Business hours: 24 hours (open all year round)
* Unavailable from land-line phones, etc.
* Unavailable from part of IP phones.
* Service available in: English, Portuguese, Chinese, Spanish.
■From DOCOMO mobile phones (In Japanese only)
■LG Mobile Customer Information Center (In Japanese only)
(No prefix)113(toll free)
Business hours: 9:00 a.m. to 8:00 p.m. (open all year round)
Business hours: 9:00 a.m. to 8:00 p.m.
■From land-line phones (In Japanese only)
* Unavailable from part of IP phones.
■From land-line phones (In Japanese only)
0120-800-000 (toll free)
0120-800-000 (toll free)
0120-005-250 (toll free)
* Unavailable from part of IP phones.
Sales: NTT DOCOMO, INC.
Manufacturer: LG Electronics Inc.
(No prefix)151(toll free)
Contact for Samples
Business hours: 9:00 a.m. to 6:00 p.m.
(Except Saturdays, Sundays, Holidays, Year’s End and
New Year Holidays)
0120-011-167
󱛠Confirm the number so that you do not dial incorrectly.
󱛠Regarding samples, confirm using this manual.
Don't forget your mobile phone... or your manners!
When using your mobile phone in a public place,
don't forget to show common courtesy and consideration to others around you. '15.5 (1st Edition)
MFLXXXXXXXX

Navigation menu